Quarterlytics / Energy / Coal / Exxaro Resources Ltd / FY2023 Annual Report

Exxaro Resources Ltd
Annual Report 2023

EXXAF · OTC Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker EXXAF
Exchange OTC
Sector Energy
Industry Coal
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Exxaro Resources Ltd
Loading PDF…
Exxaro 
Resources 
Limited

Integrated report  
for the year ended 
31 December 2023

   
Building momentum and resilience for sustainable growth and 
impact

Navigating this report
We use icons to show:

Contents

1

2

4

6

About this report

Delivering sustainable value creation

Snapshot of our long-term value creation

8

10

14

Chairperson’s statement

Who we are

Our operating context

Our business

20

24

28

39

45

47

50

56

61

81

83

90

92

96

106

109

120

121

Our business model

Our material matters

Our risks and opportunities

Engaging our stakeholders

CEO’s report

Our strategy

Performance against our strategy 
and outlook

Our leadership

Summarised governance report

Combined assurance for effective 
governance

Finance director’s overview

Operational performance

Business resilience

Building momentum with people

Social impact

Our environmental stewardship

Responding to TCFD reporting 
requirements

Our Mineral Resources and 
Mineral Reserves

How we create 
value

Strategically 
positioning the 
business for 
growth

Building 
resilience 
through 
governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral 
Resources and 
Mineral 
Reserves

124 Glossary

125 Administration

Read more online at www.exxaro.com under the 
investors tab

Read more in this report

Material themes that guide our 
integrated reporting

The capitals we use and affect

Adapting to a changing 
context

Responsible environmental 
stewardship

Building sustainable 
communities

Natural

Human

Social and relationship

Helping our people thrive

Manufactured

Executing our strategy

Intellectual

Driving business resilience

Financial

Principled governance

Reporting suite
We are committed to transparent reporting and publish an 
annual reporting suite detailing our performance: 

Environmental, 
social and 
governance (ESG) 
report

Consolidated 
Mineral 
Resources and 
Mineral Reserves 
(CMRR) report

Group and 
company annual 
financial 
statements

Summarised 
annual financial 
statements and 
notice of annual 
general meeting 
(AGM)

These reports and other supplementary reports are 
available online and should be read together for a 
complete understanding of our business and performance.

Connect with us
We encourage and welcome feedback on our reporting suite 
from our stakeholders. Please send any comments or 
suggestions to:

Malusi Buthelezi
Manager: Governance and reporting
Tel: +27 12 307 3174
Mobile: +27 83 460 3723
Email: Malusi.Buthelezi@exxaro.com

www.exxaro.com
Follow us on Facebook, X, 
Instagram, LinkedIn and YouTube

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Building momentum and resilience for 
sustainable growth and impact

Welcome to our 2023 integrated report, 
which explains how we are building 
momentum and increasing our resilience 
in a turbulent macro-economic climate in 
line with our ambition to achieve 
sustainable growth and impact.

Dr Nombasa Tsengwa
Chief executive officer (CEO)

The previous year laid bare the intricate tapestry of challenges that define our 
times – from geopolitical upheaval to the tenuous responses of global markets 
to surging inflation and shifting energy paradigms.

As the clarion call for a sustainable future grows louder, we recognise our dual imperative: to bolster energy security by ensuring a reliable 
coal supply and to navigate our strategic transition towards cleaner energy. This commitment is crucial, not just for maintaining the reliability 
of our nation’s energy supply but as a cornerstone for supporting South Africa’s economic growth and prosperity. 

We aim to grow from the exceptional business we have developed over the past 18 years, continuously building momentum and resilience for 
sustainable growth and impact. Our rich history is the foundation for our progress, moving from a past focused solely on mining to embracing 
the energy landscape of the future with an approach that emphasises energy security, endorses resources for a cleaner world and supports a 
just transition to a carbon-neutral future by 2050.

To support this forward-looking approach, we meticulously evaluated our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy during the year regarding 
its progress, timing and scenario planning. This included endorsing a unified ESG framework, developing an ESG policy and enhancing our 
strategic approach to sustainability. The creation of a strategic performance management dashboard further amplifies the visibility of 
strategy execution.  

Our energy initiatives and the strategic selection of minerals for diversification reflect our proactive approach to the global energy transition 
and our contribution to a carbon-neutral future. The lessons learned over the past two years in evaluating potential opportunities in critical 
minerals and energy have refined our approach, ensuring expansion efforts are well considered and aligned with our core sustainability and 
value creation principles. These experiences have reinforced our commitment to resilience – withstanding market pressures and preparing to 
capitalise on opportunities with agility and foresight.

We have also made significant progress in our Climate Change Response strategy by creating a comprehensive decarbonisation roadmap 
with an ambitious goal of achieving carbon neutrality. This roadmap, in its mature phase, outlines the actions that will guide the group 
towards a sustainable transition, anticipating more stringent environmental regulations. Our Lephalale solar project (LSP) is a tangible 
representation of our commitments and is poised to deliver a 27% reduction in scope 2 emissions on completion. This project complements 
our core coal business and reflects our comprehensive approach to energy provision.

We stand ready to apply our learnings in a way that propels us forward. We are poised to engage with the future of 
energy with the same dedication and focus that has seen us through the past years. This is the essence of our 
story – a tale of resilience, learning and a steadfast commitment to making a sustainable impact. It is a narrative 
we carry into the future as we continue to shape an enduring legacy in powering possibility.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

1

About this report
Exxaro’s integrated report for the year ended 31 December 2023 is a value 
creation story for our stakeholders, particularly our shareholders and other 
providers of financial capital.

Scope and boundary
The report contains material information about our strategic 
decisions and operational performance for the period 
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 (the 2023 financial year). 
It covers the financial and non-financial information of our 
wholly owned and joint arrangements in South Africa, Europe 
and Australia. 

The reporting boundary incorporates material information about 
the Cennergi group of companies (Cennergi). We consolidated 
material information about Cennergi Proprietary Limited’s safety 
incidents into the group’s results. 

We include limited information on operations where we: 
• Do not have management control but hold an important 

equity interest, namely Black Mountain Proprietary Limited 
(Black Mountain), Richards Bay Coal Terminal Proprietary 
Limited (RBCT) and Sishen Iron Ore Company Proprietary 
Limited (SIOC), or 

• Have joint control, namely Mafube Coal Proprietary Limited joint 

venture and Moranbah South project (joint operation)

Reporting boundary 
(risks, opportunities and outcomes)

Strategy (page 47)

Business model (page 20)

Operational performance 
(page 90)

Material matters (page 24)

Risks and opportunities 
(page 28)

Governance (page 55)

Financial reporting entity
(control and significant influence)

Stakeholders 
(page 39)
• Government and 

regulators

• Employees and 
labour unions
• Communities
• Investors
• Suppliers
• Customers
• Civil society
• Others

• Subsidiaries
• Joint arrangements
• Investments

Materiality
We distinguish the information to include in our reporting suite through a double materiality determination process, which identifies 
the matters that impact our ability to create enterprise value (financial materiality) and our impact on the environment, communities 
and society (impact materiality). 

We group these material matters (page 24) into themes that link to the resources we use and affect.

Only matters that could substantively affect our ability to create value in the short (one to five years), medium (six to 10 years) or 
long term (>11 years) are reported on in our integrated report. We understand, however, that sustainability issues can shift between 
impact and financial materiality. We therefore conduct an annual materiality determination process to assess this movement.

Impact 
materiality

All sustainability matters affected
by or that affect Exxaro

Our reporting suite

Audience

All sustainability matters that
reflect our significant impacts on
the environment and people.

A sub-set of sustainability-related 
risks and opportunities that could 
substantively affect our ability to 
create value in the short, medium 
or long term.

Monetary amounts in the financial 
statements reflecting the effects on 
enterprise value that have already 
taken place at the reporting date, or 
are included in future cash flow 
projections.

D
y
n
a
m
i
c
m
a
t
e
r
i
a
l
i
t
y

ESG
report

Integrated
report

All stakeholders seeking 
to understand the 
entity’s significant 
sustainability impacts

Investors, lenders and 
creditors seeking to 
assess enterprise value

Group and company 
annual financial 
statements

Summarised annual 
financial statements 
and notice of AGM

 CMRR report

Primarily investors 
and capital markets

y
t
i
l
a
i
r
e
t
a
m
c
i
m
a
n
y
D

Financial 
materiality

2

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Integrated thinking
Our belief in sustainable value creation is inspired by carefully 
considering the relationship between the resources we use and 
affect and potential trade-offs in strategic decision making. We 
integrate the six capitals into our business model and strategy and 
continuously strive to positively contribute to, and negate any 
adverse impact on, these capitals.

Our approach to integrated thinking is translated into this report's 
value creation message, content and structure. This is supported  
by the information outlined in our ESG report, detailing our 
performance against our ESG commitments. 

As part of embedding ESG into the business, we voluntarily endorse 
the United Nations (UN) 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). 
We also participate in the National Business Initiative in South 
Africa to align the 17 SDGs with the country’s National Development 
Plan and implement leading practices to uphold the most material 
SDGs so that our business leaves a lasting positive impact. The 
SDGs that Exxaro materially impacts are highlighted in colour.

Frameworks and guidelines
Our reporting suite is guided by and applies the following:

IR ESG AFS CMRR

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Materiality determination process

Integrated Reporting Framework 

Companies Act of South Africa, 2008 (Act 
71 of 2008), as amended (Companies Act)

International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS®) Accounting 
Standards*

JSE Limited (JSE) Listings Requirements 
and Debt Listings Requirements

Department of Trade, Industry and 
Competition (dtic) Broad-based Black 
Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) Codes 
of Good Practice

The effective parts of the Broad-based 
Socio-economic Empowerment Charter 
for the Mining and Minerals Industry 2018 
(Mining Charter III)

King IV Report on Corporate 
Governance™ for South Africa, 2016 
(King IV)**

South African Code for the Reporting of 
Exploration Results, Mineral Resources 
and Mineral Reserves, 2016 edition 

Global Reporting Initiative standards 
(elements of the ESG report are cross-
referenced for a broader perspective)

United Nations Global Compact (UNGC)

Sustainability Accounting Standards 
Board 

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations*** 

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

*  As issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.
**  Copyright and trademarks are owned by the Institute of Directors South Africa and all of 

its rights are reserved.

*** This now falls under the custodianship of the IFRS Foundation.

Assurance

KPMG provided independent reasonable assurance over key sustainability information in the ESG report. The assurance report is 
available on page 190 of the ESG report.

Board responsibility
The board of directors (board) acknowledges its responsibility for ensuring the integrity of our reporting suite, including this integrated 
report, which was prepared in accordance with the Integrated Reporting Framework. The board believes the report addresses all of Exxaro’s 
material matters and presents a balanced view of our strategy, business model and Exxaro’s ability to create and preserve value over the 
short, medium and long term, as defined by the six capitals. The report remains the ultimate responsibility of the board, is prepared under the 
supervision of senior management and is subject to rigorous internal and external assurance reviews.

Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena
Independent chairperson

Dr Nombasa Tsengwa
CEO

Riaan Koppeschaar
Finance director

Geraldine Fraser-Moleketi
Lead independent non-executive director

Karin Ireton
Independent non-executive director

Billy Mawasha
Independent non-executive director

Nosipho Molope 
Independent non-executive director

Isaac Malevu
Non-executive director

Mandlesilo Msimang
Non-executive director

10 April 2024

Nondumiso Medupe 
Independent non-executive director

Chanda Nxumalo
Independent non-executive director

Likhapha Mbatha
Non-executive director

Ben Magara
Independent non-executive director

Dr Phumla Mnganga
Independent non-executive director

Peet Snyders
Independent non-executive director

Zwelibanzi Mntambo
Non-executive director

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

3

            
Delivering sustainable value creation

In line with our purpose of powering better lives in Africa and beyond, our ambition is to provide resources 
(energy, commodities, capital and people) critical to ensuring a low-carbon world.

Long-term forces shaping our way forward…
We must balance South Africa’s socio-economic development, which relies on coal-generated power, with supporting the transition to a low-
carbon economy. These major changes will raise future challenges and increase external risks for those who do not adapt. They will also 
present significant opportunities for those who can evolve. 

Climate change

Climate change increases competition between communities for scarce resources like water 
and biodiversity. Rising heat increases the risk of health and safety incidents at our operations.

Energy transition

The growth in disruptive technology in the energy sector could displace our business in the 
medium to long term.

Just transition

Stewardship

The transition to a low-carbon economy has significant socio-economic implications for our 
business and the communities in which we operate.

We believe we do not own coal assets but are stewards who responsibly maximise their value. 
We have a responsibility to use these coal assets to build a sustainable business for our 
investors, employees, and communities, as well as a sustainable future for the planet.

…unfolding within our context

Our operating 
context (page 14)

Forces in our macro-
economic context, markets 
and other short to 
medium-term social and 
environmental trends 
could present 
opportunities or risks to 
our business model and 
thus affect our ability to 
create value.

Risks and 
opportunities (page 
28)

Material risks and related 
opportunities are key factors 
that must be managed to 
ensure our continued 
success. We further assess 
climate risks according to 
the recommendations of 
the TCFD.

+

+

Stakeholders’ 
needs and concerns 
(page 39)

Our stakeholder 
relationships and active 
engagements are crucial in 
understanding and 
delivering value and 
impact.

=

Material matters 
(page 24)

These elements inform the 
themes we consider 
material to our value 
creation and influence our 
strategic direction.

We are navigating the tension between a rapid energy transition and a just, equitable shift that 
benefits all stakeholders through our responsive strategy…

… that positions Exxaro for sustainable growth and impact.

4

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Delivering value through purpose…
Our purpose is the reason we exist. It guides our long-term decision making and daily actions. To achieve our purpose, we must deliver on 
three core areas of value. These are the linchpins of our relevance and sustainability as a business. Value for Exxaro is therefore inextricably 
tied to our ability to achieve these aims:

Energy 
security

Resources 
powering 
a clean 
world

Just 
transition

Supplied 42.5Mt of coal product, powering households and industries in Africa and beyond

Increased capital investment in Grootegeluk and Belfast by 57%, in line with our early value strategy

727GWh of wind energy, powering approximately 21 900 average South African households per year in 
line with our decarbonisation goals

Cennergi provides 229MW of wind energy to Eskom and aims for a 1.6GW capacity of internal and external 
offtake  by 2030 as part of our renewable energy expansion

Financial close of the LSP reinforces our commitment to sustainable energy investments. This will reduce 
scope 2 emissions by 27% on completion in 2025

For each stakeholder group, we also aim to create and preserve relevant value:

  Engaging our stakeholders (page 39)

  Building resilience through governance (page 55)

  Our performance (page 82)

Government and regulators – driving sustainable development

We create value for the governments and regulators in the regions where we operate through transparent operations that 
contribute to economic growth and energy access, and collaborate on projects echoing national and regional energy strategies 
and sustainability objectives.

Employees – powering possibility

We empower our employees with opportunities for career growth, equitable compensation, and a safe work environment. We are 
also committed to delivering resources to power a clean world, resonating with our people’s aspirations for a sustainable future.

Communities – nurturing resilience and socio-economic growth

By integrating community needs into our operational strategy, we aim to foster sustainable growth and a resilient socio-
economic structure that supports community prosperity and our business's sustainability. Our initiatives are tailored to support 
a just transition to a sustainable future, creating employment and reskilling opportunities for communities living in and around 
our operations.

Customers – energising progress

We deliver value through our early value strategy and our market to resource strategy  to meet our customers’ needs while 
contributing towards energy security in South Africa and beyond. We also seek to supply minerals and energy that enable the 
energy transition, nurturing trust-based, innovative partnerships that support our collective vision for sustainable development.

Investors – investing in tomorrow

We are bolstering the energy sector while strategically decarbonising to augment our coal business's competitive edge and 
longevity. Our diversification into key minerals and energy underpins a sustainable development vision. This strategic direction 
strengthens trust and delivers long-term value to investors through responsible growth and investment in the future.

Suppliers – strengthening supply chain sustainability

In our approach to supplier engagement, we focus on local procurement, which supports community businesses and aligns with 
our sustainability goals by reducing logistical impacts. This not only strengthens local economies but also fosters deeper 
community ties. Concurrently, we are dedicated to enhancing our supply chain's robustness and reliability, which we achieve by 
investing in our suppliers' capabilities and advocating for best practices. Additionally, our suppliers are integral to our 
decarbonisation journey. We educate them on climate change, carbon pricing, and adaptation strategies, deepening their 
understanding and encouraging active participation in climate resilience and mitigation efforts.

Environment – sustaining environment

We minimise our environmental impact through responsible mining practices, investment in renewable energy initiatives, and a 
deep commitment to biodiversity and the natural world.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

5

            
            
            
Snapshot of our long-term value creation
For the past five years, Exxaro has demonstrated our commitment to creating 
and preserving value for our stakeholders. By practising environmental and 
social stewardship, supported by good governance structures, we ensure the 
sustainability of our business and create value over time.

Since 2019...

45 168ML of 
water 
recycled

19% and 12% 
reduction in 
absolute 
scope 1 and 2 
emissions

Contributing 
R5 million 
towards rhino 
conservation 
every year 
since 2020

Total alien 
vegetation 
cleared
2 872ha

Total economic 
value created for 
stakeholders 
R7.43 billion

610 jobs created 
through SLP 
projects

Total spent on skills 
development
R1.39 billion

Total spent on 
CSI
R429 million

R63 million 
invested in 
climate 
change 
research and 
development

Contributed 
over 
R900 million 
in ESD funding 
since 2018

Board gender 
diversity increased 
by 56%

Board racial 
diversity increased 
from 71% to 81% 

Consistently 
recognised in the 
Bloomberg GEI 
since 2014

1 335 employees
trained in implicit 
and unconscious 
bias since 2020

Maintained an 
average score 
above 4/5 for 
governance 
in the FTSE 
Russell Index   

6

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our business

Exxaro is positioning itself to 
navigate a rapidly evolving 
landscape, with environmental 
sustainability and social equity 
as key drivers. Led by our 
purpose, we will not only adapt 
but thrive, transforming our 
operations to provide 
resources that contribute to a 
cleaner, more equitable world.

8    Chairperson’s statement
10  Who we are
14  Our operating context

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

7

 
Chairperson’s statement

In the face of myriad challenges, our strategic initiatives 
and the collective resilience of our people and operations 
enabled us to not only withstand but also navigate 
volatility with confidence and purpose, recording the 
second highest ever EBITDA of R13.4 billion, thus laying 
a solid foundation for continued growth and impact.

Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena
Chairperson

For Exxaro, the volatile macro-economic climate impacted 
commodity markets and trade, making strategic flexibility 
essential. The group navigated these global upheavals while 
contending with South Africa's internal challenges, including the 
ongoing constraints of inadequate infrastructure and logistics 
supply.

Building on legacy, embracing the future
As Exxaro moves forward, we find ourselves at a pivotal juncture, 
urged by the global mandate for environmental stewardship and 
climate action. Exxaro has made strides in our climate strategy, 
developing a comprehensive decarbonisation roadmap with the 
ambitious endpoint of carbon neutrality by 2050. In its mature 
phase, this roadmap outlines actions to guide the group’s 
sustainable transition in anticipation of more stringent 
environmental regulations, reaffirming Exxaro’s leadership in 
sustainable practices.

The board rigorously evaluated Exxaro’s Sustainable Growth and 
Impact strategy’s progress, timing, and scenario planning against 
our strategic scorecard framework. This included endorsing a 
unified ESG framework and enhancing our strategic approach to 
sustainability. We also evolved our strategic performance 
management dashboard, improving the visibility of strategy 
execution and enriching governance discussions within Exxaro’s 
tiered governance structure.

Adapting to an evolving landscape, our annual board governance 
roadshow delved into the potential impact of global sanctions 
and financial threats, including grey listing and interest rate 
fluctuations. The discussions led to a thorough analysis of these 
risks and their implications for Exxaro, which remains under 
active board and committee review.

Exxaro’s resilient operations are rooted in innovation and strong 
technical expertise, reinforcing safe production, robust financial 
performance and an effective approach to our strategic capital 
allocation. To support this, the board has been leveraging our 
Digital@Exxaro strategy, deep mining and energy expertise, 
strong balance sheet, stable earnings, high-quality products and 
a strong record of delivering sustainable impact. 

8

 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Fostering robust governance and leadership 
continuity
The board continues to demonstrate its commitment to 
governance excellence as the bedrock for sustained value 
creation. Leadership quality is paramount for strategic success, 
necessitating the right blend of skills, diversity and oversight at 
the board level. Our board consistently focuses on achieving the 
right size, balance, independence and diversity to effectively fulfil 
its governance mandate.

Demonstrating our dedication to these principles, Andiswa Ndoni 
transitioned from group company secretary to the chief strategic 
resilience and governance officer. Her expertise will continue to 
benefit the group in this pivotal role. Michelle Nana will succeed 
her as group company secretary from 1 May 2024. With a 
background spanning over 30 years in company secretarial roles 
across various geographies, and as a law graduate and esteemed 
member of relevant professional bodies, Michelle is well 
positioned to uphold the governance standards that underpin our 
operations.

We are also pleased to announce Nosipho Molope’s appointment 
as an independent non-executive director and a member of the 
audit committee effective from 3 January 2024. Nosipho, a 
distinguished chartered accountant, brings extensive experience 
from her service on numerous boards, enhancing our governance 
with her proficiency in audit, risk and ethical oversight.

While we embrace these new appointments, we also bid farewell 
to Likhapha Mbatha who retires by rotation at the 2024 AGM. 
Likhapha retires as a member of the social, ethics and 
remuneration committee and has made a lasting impact on 
Exxaro. The board extends its gratitude for her exceptional 
service.

These changes reflect Exxaro’s ongoing commitment to strategic 
board renewal and succession planning, ensuring the group 
remains at the forefront of governance excellence and prepared 
to navigate future challenges with resilience and integrity.

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Chairperson’s statement continued

Engaging to deliver lasting positive outcomes
The board firmly believes in the power of stakeholder 
engagement to forge lasting, positive outcomes. True to the 
ethos of King IV, our stakeholder-inclusive approach underpins 
our governance philosophy. 

We recognise that understanding and balancing our 
stakeholders' diverse needs, interests and expectations against 
the organisation's long-term interests is pivotal for sustained 
success.

Engagements with crucial stakeholders like Transnet and Eskom 
underscore our proactive approach in finding solutions to assist 
in managing the material risks and operational challenges we are 
facing. The board’s logistics committee, now institutionalised as a 
permanent fixture of our governance, is pivotal in managing all 
logistics risks faced by the company. It will continue to focus on 
long-term international market access and immediate logistic 
solutions. 

Community engagements remain critical. By building 
relationships grounded in understanding community needs, 
Exxaro fosters collaboration and pre-emptively addresses 
community concerns. The group also emphasises shared value 
creation through local employment, procurement, and supplier 
and community development initiatives, seeking to deliver value 
beyond specific operational lifespans. This is illustrated through 
our community investments, which totalled R1.9 billion this year, 
a 17% increase since 2022.   

In November 2023, class action litigation was launched against 
South African coal mining companies, including ourselves, 
relating to mineworkers who contracted coal mine dust lung 
disease, as well as dependants of those mineworkers who died 
and whose deaths were likely attributable to coal mine dust 
disease. We are taking this action very seriously, since the  health 
and safety obligations of our employees are paramount. We are 
investigating all the facts pertaining to the class action and will 
respond appropriately. The group proactively researches and 
reinforces health and safety measures, including cutting-edge 
occupational hygiene and medical surveillance programmes, to 
prevent occupational health diseases.

Feedback from our governance roadshow has been affirming. 
Investors have recognised our engagement efforts and 
suggested further improvements in our climate lobbying 
disclosures. We value this feedback as it enhances our reporting 
processes and ensures alignment with stakeholder expectations.

The board remains convinced that effective stakeholder 
engagement is a cornerstone of robust governance. It fosters 
relationships founded on respect and trust, leading to better 
informed and more effective decision making. 

Looking ahead
We are acutely aware of the ongoing global fluctuations and 
persistent local challenges that loom large. 

We continue to monitor socio-economic and political events, 
such as the upcoming 2024 elections, both in South Africa and 
the other countries we operate in.

Our response is one of vigilance and proactive stakeholder 
engagement, working collaboratively to foster a climate of 
stability and growth. Likewise, the safety of Exxaro’s people is a 
top priority, and our leadership, company culture, and 
performance contracts reflect this.

Looking to the future, Exxaro’s determination is unyielding – not 
only to adapt to an ever-evolving landscape but also to be the 
architect of change. 

Our commitment to diversification remains. Although we have 
not concluded a mineral transaction as yet, the board is satisfied 
with management’s efforts in this regard and is comfortable that 
a value creating asset will be added to the company’s portfolio. 
Our intention is to ensure that we are strategically concentrating 
on critical areas such as minerals and energy to leverage the 
expanding opportunities within the green economy. Our 
comprehensive approach ensures that all efforts are harmonised 
with our goal of building a diversified enterprise primed for 
resilience and growth within a transforming energy sector.

In closing, I want to thank my fellow board members, the 
executive team under the leadership of Dr Nombasa Tsengwa, 
and all Exxaro employees for their dedication and hard work. 

We thank all our stakeholders for your continued trust and 
support. As we move forward, we do so with a clear vision and a 
strong sense of purpose, ready to embrace the opportunities and 
tackle the challenges that lie ahead. 

Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena 
Chairperson 

10 April 2024

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 

9

Who we are
Exxaro is a South African diversified resources company with existing coal 
mining operations and growth prospects in energy transition minerals, energy 
business and private rail infrastructure.

We are building Exxaro into a sustainable and impactful business that catalyses 
economic growth, principled governance, environmental stewardship and 
positive change. 

Purpose

Vision

In line with Exxaro’s purpose 
of powering better lives in 
Africa and beyond, our 
ambition is to provide 
resources (people, minerals, 
energy and capital) critical to 
ensuring the energy 
transition and low-carbon 
future.

We understand that we cannot 
grow sustainably without 
creating a positive impact on 
the environment and 
communities we serve. We are 
committed to responsibly 
maximising the value of our 
coal assets by reducing 
stranded assets, and playing an 
active role in creating a future 
that realises our vision: 
resources powering a clean 
world.

Values  

Our success lies in the strength 
of our culture and values, which 
strengthen our resilience and 
ensure we deliver stakeholder 
value. Our values are:
• Empowered to grow and 

contribute
• Teamwork
• Committed to excellence
• Honest responsibility

Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy
The Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy is an integrated, multi-stakeholder approach to positioning the 
business for a resilient and sustainable future. 

10

 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 

11

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Business overview

Assets
R92.9 billion 
at 31 December 2023

Coal product
42.5Mt 
(including buy-ins)

Renewable energy 
727GWh 

(2022: R85.1 billion)

(2022: 43.1Mt) 

(2022: 671GWh)

Five coal mines*

Two windfarms and a 
solar project under 
construction

Market capitalisation
R71.4 billion 

(2022: R75.9 billion)

Constituent of the JSE 
Top 40 Index

Responsible business
30.81% black 
empowered 

Among the top 30 in 
the FTSE/JSE Socially 
Responsible 
Investment Index

  Ownership structure 

BEE SPV
52.2%

Exxaro
14.9%

IDC****
22.9%

Exxaro 
ESOP SPV
5.0%

Exxaro
community
NPC***
5.0%

Eyesizwe**
RF
30.81%

Our core operation is thermal, semi-
soft coking and metallurgical coal 
mining, supplying Eskom, other 
domestic markets and offshore 
markets. 

Our coal mining business is structured 
under four legal entities, all managed 
and operated by Exxaro, 
supplemented by a 50% joint venture 
with Thungela Resources Limited in 
Mafube and a 12.04% legal equity 
interest in RBCT. 

Our  energy business, comprises 
229MW of operational wind 
generation assets that contribute to 
the national energy supply and the 
68MW solar project under 
construction. 

Coal
100%

Cennergi
>90%

SIOC
20.62%

SIOC is a leading supplier of high-
quality iron ore to the global steel 
industry and a subsidiary of Kumba 
Iron Ore.

Black 
Mountain
26%

Black Mountain operates two 
underground mines and a processing 
plant in the Northern Cape that 
produces zinc and other minerals. 

We continue evaluating our options to 
dispose of our shareholding in Black 
Mountain.

Including one joint venture, Mafube.

* 
**  Eyesizwe (RF) Proprietary Limited (Eyesizwe), a special purpose vehicle (SPV) private company, incorporated under South Africa’s laws, holds the black economic empowerment 

(BEE) shares.

***  Exxaro Aga Setshaba NPC (formerly Matla Setshabeng NPC).
**** Industrial Development Corporation of South Africa.

For detailed information on our group structure, refer to the 2023 annual financial statements.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 

11

Who we are continued

Our assets

Our diversified asset portfolio comprises interests primarily in thermal coal (where we are among the top 
three South African coal producers), a growing energy solutions business and equity-accounted 
investments in ferrous (iron ore) and zinc, among other base metals. 

Expanding our business portfolio to include manganese, bauxite, copper, energy and broader energy transition minerals enables our 
contribution to a more sustainable future and shareholder value enhancement. Our business interests in Europe comprise a marketing 
and logistics office in Switzerland. A joint operation with Anglo Coal Grosvenor Proprietary Limited, the Moranbah South project, is 
conducted in Australia.

We are aiming to be carbon neutral by 2050, and are committed to being an active participant in the just transition to a low-carbon 
economy. The energy solutions business and our scope 1 and 2 emissions reduction efforts are critical activities in this regard. 
Reduction of scope 3 emissions is a longer-term goal influenced by the country’s energy mix.

Minerals business
Our minerals business comprises coal operations and our equity investments in iron ore and zinc. 
We have deep roots in mining with a track record of operational excellence and delivering value. 
Our coal asset base is a key differentiator and critical part of how we create value for our 
stakeholders.

Only mineral assets with Measured and Indicated Resources are listed in this report. Inferred 
Resources are reported in the supplementary CMRR report

Snapshot
• Largest high-quality Coal Reserves remaining in the country, providing a platform for early 

value returns

• One of the largest suppliers of coal to Eskom and ArcelorMittal South Africa Limited 
• 42.5Mt of thermal and metallurgical coal product (2022: 43.1Mt), down 1.4% in 2023 – the 

majority of power station coal is supplied to Eskom

• Grootegeluk is one of the largest integrated mining and beneficiation operations globally, 
running the largest coal beneficiation complex, and the only producing mine in the coal-
rich Waterberg, adjacent to Eskom’s Matimba and Medupi power stations

• As at 31 December 2023, we invested R2.4 billion in sustaining our coal business (2022: 

R1.6 billion)

Energy business
In line with our goals to decarbonise and diversify, Exxaro’s energy business comprises interests in 
energy through our wholly owned subsidiary, Cennergi. This business supports Exxaro’s ambition of 
generating 1.6GW of power by 2030 and includes supporting our current coal and future minerals 
operations through self-generation and providing energy to external customers in mining and select 
markets.

Cennergi is a southern African-based independent power producer that focuses on 
developing, constructing and operating energy assets. Cennergi has two operational wind 
assets (the Tsitsikamma community and Amakhala Emoyeni windfarms).

Once operational, the LSP will supply solar energy to Grootegeluk, reducing the 
operation’s carbon footprint and electricity costs. A pipeline of opportunities continues to 
be developed by the energy business for Exxaro and external offtake. 

Snapshot
• Cennergi’s operating wind assets generated 727GWh of electricity (2022: 671GWh) – an 8% 
increase due to improved wind conditions, despite the 15GWh generation loss at one of the 
wind facilities due to an Eskom distribution line fault that occurred earlier in the year
• The LSP at Grootegeluk reached financial close on 29 June 2023 under a 25-year power 
purchase agreement with Exxaro Coal Proprietary Limited. Construction commenced in 
2023 and commercial operation is expected in early 2025. Refer to the case study on page 
43 (ESG report) for details

• Cennergi’s operating wind asset project financing of R4 348 million (2022: R4 554 million) 
will mature and be fully settled by the end of 2031. Cennergi’s solar asset project financing 
will mature and be fully settled by the end of 2042

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Grootegeluk complex

Thabametsi

Location

Market

Product

Coal Resources 
(inclusive)

Coal Reserves

West of Lephalale 

Domestic and export 

Thermal and metallurgical coal

• Measured: 2 978Mt
Indicated: 967Mt
•

• Proved: 1 971Mt
• Probable: 550Mt

Mining method

Run of mine (RoM)

Open-cut

56.05Mt

Life of mine (LoM)

 18+ years*

West of Lephalale

Domestic

Thermal coal

• Measured: 270Mt
Indicated: 749Mt
•

• Probable: 130Mt

Open-cut

0Mt

23 years

Belfast
South of Belfast 

Export (alternative domestic)

Thermal coal

• Measured: 98.4Mt
Indicated: 8.0Mt
•

• Proved: 33.2Mt
• Probable: 1.4Mt

Open-cut

3.16Mt

10 years

Location
Market
Product
Coal Resources 
(inclusive)

Coal Reserves

Mining method
RoM
LoM

Leeuwpan

South-east of Delmas 
Domestic and export
Thermal coal

• Measured: 63.4Mt

• Proved: 30.5Mt
• Probable: 3.3Mt
Open-cut
4.82Mt
 6 years

Matla

West of Kriel 
Domestic (Eskom) 
Thermal coal
• Measured: 634Mt
•
Indicated: 92Mt
• Proved: 126Mt
• Probable: 31Mt
Underground
6.01Mt
 1+ years*

Mafube joint venture (50%)

East of Middelburg 
Domestic and export 
Thermal coal
• Measured: 141.0Mt
•
Indicated: 2.2Mt
• Proved: 82.6Mt
• Probable: 32.0Mt
Open-cut
4.79Mt
20 years

*  Adequate Reserves well beyond expiry of mining right.

Moranbah South project (50%)

Phase: Undertaking prefeasibility study to inform decision for development prospects.
Location: Queensland, Australia
Market: Export
Product: Coking coal
Coal Resources:
• Measured: 484.6Mt
Indicated: 226.0Mt
•

Location

Product

Capacity

Equipment

Performance

Customer

Commercial 
operation

Power purchase 
agreement

Shareholding

Tsitsikamma 
community

Near Tsitsikamma

Wind energy

95MW

 31 x 3.1MW turbines

Amakhala Emoyeni

Near Bedford and Cookhouse

Wind energy

134MW

56 x 2.4MW turbines

LSP

Lephalale

Solar energy

68MW

Adjusted P50 in the long term

Adjusted P50 in the long term

Eskom

2016

20 years

Eskom

2016

20 years

Reached financial close June 2023
Exxaro Coal Proprietary Limited 
(Grootegeluk)

2025

25 years

Cennergi (75%), RE Times (16%) and the 
Tsitsikamma Development Trust (9%)

Cennergi (95%), Cookhouse Community Trust 
(2.5%) and the Bedford Community Trust (2.5%)

Cennergi (100%) 

12

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

13

   
 
Our operating context
Exxaro’s operating context is determined by the external drivers that influence 
our ability to create value. We review and assess global and local macro-
economic factors and commodity market trends, as they highlight 
opportunities, inform our material matters and influence our strategic 
direction and performance. 

Our macro-economic context

Global and domestic economic conditions 

ESG

Geopolitics

Foreign currency market

Inflation and interest rates

Cyber threats, digital and innovation

1

2

3

4

5

6

Our markets

Commodity markets

Coal markets

Coal logistics

Iron ore market

Our macro-economic context: trends influencing our business

Global and domestic economic conditions

7

7.1

7.2

7.3

In early 2023, global economic performance exceeded expectations, mainly led by the post-pandemic recovery. Despite the continued 
challenges of elevated inflation, sharply higher global interest rates, some turbulence in the banking sector and geopolitical conflicts, the 
global economy has managed to avert a recession. 

World real gross domestic product (GDP) growth increased from an annual rate of 1.8% quarter on quarter in the fourth quarter of 2022 to 
2.4% in the first quarter of 2023. Aside from an appreciation to 2.9% in the second quarter, the moderate economic growth pace recorded in 
the first three quarters continued for the rest of 2023. Strong momentum in the US, with increased economic activity in Japan, India and 
Brazil provided the necessary support to the world economy. After a 3.1% increase in 2022, world real GDP moderated to expand by 2.7% 
in 2023. 

Global GDP: 2.7% (2022: 3.1%)

Real GDP growth rate (%)

World

US
Eurozone

China

India

South Africa

2024
forecast
2.6

2.4
0.50

4.7

6.5

1.1

2023
2.7

2.5
0.6

5.2  

6.9

0.6

2022
3.1

1.9
3.5

2.95 

7.3

1.9

Source: S&P Global, February  2024, Exxaro analysis March 2024.

Despite unprecedented rolling loadshedding, South Africa’s real 
GDP grew by 0.9% year on year in the first six months of 2023. This 
modest upside reflected higher investment in machinery and other 
equipment and a better-than-anticipated response to 
loadshedding. However, GDP decreased by 0.2% in the third 
quarter of 2023, followed by an expansion of 0.1% in the fourth 
quarter. For the year as a whole, the economy expanded by 0.6%, 
down significantly from 1.9% in 2022. The ongoing constraints of 
inadequate electricity and logistics supply (and, the continuous 
trend of broader infrastructure failure)  have limited the local 
economy’s future productive potential.

Cause
• Post-COVID-19 economic 

recovery

• Elevated inflation rates
• Sharply higher global 

interest rates
• Intensified rolling 

loadshedding in South 
Africa

Implications for Exxaro
• Any changes in South 
Africa’s energy mix to 
impact demand conditions 

• Higher inflation on 

operations

• Higher interest rates

Outlook
• Slower global economic 
growth in 2024. Besides 
the structural challenges, 
the resilience of the South 
African economy is 
expected to persist

Our strategic response
• Cost management
• Customer engagement 
• Supplier engagement: cost 
• Logistics: ensure passage 

of coal to ports 

14

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

ESG

ESG is a fundamental component of our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy. This is a business and social imperative driven by our 
strategy and in line with global drivers, such as urgent climate action; increased risk of liability for greenwashing; resource depletion (natural 
and finite resources); greater focus on ESG due diligence; sustainable supply chains and social equity and inclusion; increasing ESG 
regulatory requirements; converging ESG reporting standards; significant shift towards digitalisation and leveraging artificial intelligence (AI) 
to reveal ESG insights; growing stakeholder ESG expectations; international focus on ESG reporting transparency and comparability; and 
pressures of economic inequality and unemployment.

Social impact is an outcome of our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy and addresses material social and compliance matters from a 
business imperative perspective. 

Cause
• ESG is a priority for all 

stakeholders

Implications for Exxaro
• Embrace ESG commitments as a business 

imperative

• An increasingly distressed 

• Integration of ESG into corporate strategies, 

socio-economic and political 
operating environment 
characterised by inequality, 
unemployment and poverty

decision making, and stakeholder reporting will 
require a coordinated effort, but will result in 
enhanced alignment, impact and efficiencies
• Social impact should result in a harmonious co-

existence between Exxaro and local communities, 
creating a thriving environment

Outlook
• Expectations for enhanced ESG prioritisation 
and performance will continue to increase, 
driven by increased regulation and activism

• The 2023 United Nations Climate Change 
Conference or Conference of the Parties 
(COP28) outcomes on ESG are being 
considered, with prioritisation of key aspects 
such as transitioning away from fossil fuels, 
decarbonisation technologies, water security, 
carbon pricing, biodiversity management, 
nature-based solutions, ocean-based mitigation 
action and ensuring community resilience 

Our strategic response
• Prioritise safety protocols, training and technology adoption
• Complete our draft decarbonisation roadmap to enable carbon neutrality by 2050, which reflects our short, medium and long-term 

targets

• Address capital allocation aspects associated with the implementation of the draft decarbonisation roadmap
• Invest in and expand a diversified minerals and energy business
• Ensuring low-carbon transition mineral operations are sourced responsibly and implementation of traceability systems and adhering 

to international standards

• Implement circular economy principles and investing in resource efficiency initiatives; adaptation measures in our operations and 

host communities to increase adaptive capacity and resilience; and nature-based solutions for carbon offsetting

• Produce a separate annual ESG report aligned with standards to meet stakeholder information needs
• Develop an ESG policy that will drive our approach to integrating and embedding ESG across the group 
• Ensure compliance in ESG matters
• Accurate reporting of ESG efforts and adhering to global ESG reporting standards to bolster investor confidence
• Forming strategic partnerships to address South Africa and Exxaro’s scope 3 emissions with stakeholders such as the memorandum 

of understanding with the Council for Geoscience on carbon capture, utilisation and storage 

Engaging our stakeholders (page 39) 

Our environmental stewardship (page 109)

Social impact (page 106)

Geopolitics

Global geopolitical tensions in 2023 continued to impact supply-demand pricing dynamics for key Exxaro commodities. The implications of 
the Russia-Ukraine conflict and subsequent sanctions, the continuing US-China and China-Australia tensions, and the Israel-Hamas war were 
evident. The European Union’s ban on coal imports from Russia and the easing of Chinese import restrictions on Australian coal significantly 
impacted supply-demand balance, trade flows and seaborne thermal coal pricing.

Cause
• Impact of Russia-Ukraine 

conflict

• Easing of China import 

restrictions on Australian 
coal

• Israel-Hamas war

Implications for Exxaro
• Opportunities in the 

European and Japanese 
thermal coal markets

• Lower but volatile 

seaborne thermal coal 
prices

Outlook
• Geopolitical tension and 
strategic competition to 
inform framework for 
relationships between 
countries, multilateral 
forums, global challenges, 
flows of trade and 
investment 

Our strategic response
• Market strategy adapts to 
changing global flows 

• Market to resource 

optimisation

• Increased collaboration 

with stakeholders

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

15

Our operating context continued

Foreign currency market

US dollar strength was more resilient in 2023. The persistent underlying price pressures prolonged the tight and restrictive global financial 
conditions, added financial stresses to developing and emerging countries, and prompted concerns of a wider economic slowdown and 
recession. The US dollar’s position as the dominant global reserve currency and the fact that US dollar assets are regarded as safe havens, 
benefited the currency in these global uncertain economic and financial conditions.

During 2023, the South African rand lost significant value against major global currencies. This is attributable to intensified loadshedding 
with the perceived risk of a potential grid collapse, the country’s grey listing by the Financial Action Task Force, widening current account 
and fiscal deficits, US dollar strength, global recessionary risk and widespread geopolitical tensions. The USD/ZAR exchange rate is 
anticipated to be supported in 2024 by an expected improvement in both global economic sentiment and investor confidence.  

Cause
• Restrictive global financial 

Implications for Exxaro
• Forex volatility, weaker 

conditions

• US dollar strength
• Recessionary risk 

sentiment

exchange rate favourable 
to coal exports

Outlook
• Positive global economic 
sentiment expected to 
support USD/ZAR exchange 
rate

• The use of emerging markets’ 
currencies for bilateral trade 
will increase 

Our strategic response
• Rand-based pricing for 

input products
• Limited hedging
• Local sourcing 

Inflation and interest rates

Throughout 2023, global inflation continued its downward path, driven by tightening, cooling demand, supply chain resilience, declining 
commodity prices and the reversal of many of the inflationary forces from the COVID-19 pandemic (lockdowns, supply disruptions, 
extraordinary fiscal and monetary stimuli, and shifts in the composition of consumer spending).

In 2023, South Africa’s headline inflation averaged 6% and is expected to remain above the mid-point of the South African Reserve Bank’s 
inflation target range of 3% to 6% during 2024. The repurchase rate increased by a cumulative 125 basis points during 2023, and together 
with the 325 basis points increase recorded during 2022, policy interest rates remained restrictive and affected both global investment 
sentiment and economic activity.

Cause
• Persistent high inflation
• Interest rate increases
• Monetary policy trade-offs

Implications for Exxaro
• Cost escalations 

exacerbated by delayed 
inflationary impacts on 
input cost 

• Revenue escalations
• Borrowing cost increases

Outlook
• Lower inflation and 
interest rates to be 
realised during 2024, 
although regional 
divergences expected to 
remain

Our strategic response
• Inflation-linked 
escalations

• Reduce debt levels 
• Cost management

Cyber threats, digital and innovation

Our award-winning Digital@Exxaro strategy empowers Exxaro to leverage its skills, capabilities and digital infrastructure to add value to the 
business and shareholders.

We will continue to leverage digital transformation to achieve operational excellence and, in support of our strategic objectives, to 
differentiate ourselves and achieve sustainable growth and impact.

Exxaro is investigating opportunities brought about by the recent technological advancements, such as generative AI and exploring how such 
technologies can add value to our business to reduce cost, improve productivity and enable ESG outcomes. We amplify the efficacy of our 
ESG strategies by exploiting digital solutions, ensuring a comprehensive and forward-looking approach to ESG responsibilities. This synergy 
between low-carbon technologies and digital innovation demonstrates our commitment to sustainability and technological advancement in 
pursuit of robust ESG objectives.

Cause
• Digital and 

technological 
innovation enables 
improved 
productivity, safety 
and environmental 
management in the 
mining industry

Implications for 
Exxaro
• The programme has 
enabled data-driven 
decision making and 
drives end-to-end 
integration and 
optimisation of our 
value chain to remain 
competitive

Outlook
• Given the economic climate, it is 

imperative for mining 
organisations to innovate to 
sustain a continued competitive 
advantage. Recent advancements 
in technology, such as generative 
AI, bring new opportunities for 
Exxaro and we will be continuously 
evaluating these for applicability

Our strategic response
• We renewed our focus on 
innovation across the 
organisation, including 
advancing our award-winning 
Digital@Exxaro strategy in 
areas of advanced analytics 
and AI in support of our 
Sustainable Growth and Impact 
strategy

Business resilience (page 92)

16

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our markets
During 2023, global commodity markets were affected by the inconsistent recovery from COVID-19 restrictions in China together with 
supporting policy measures, global macro-economic headwinds, persistent inflationary and interest rate pressures and recessionary risks, 
ongoing geopolitical tensions, China’s weak property market, and gas supply risks.

Commodity markets

Exxaro’s commodity markets recorded mixed and volatile performances in 2023. The year started with global economic optimism, however, 
as it progressed, global investor sentiment changed and weighed negatively on global economic activity and commodity markets.

API4 coal export price averaged US$121.00/t (2022: US$270.87/t)

Commodity prices (US$/t)

Thermal coal (RB1)

Thermal coal (RB3)

Iron ore fines

Lump premium

Source: Various commodity market intelligence reports, January to December 2023.

2024 forecast

95

76

106

10

2023

121.00

100.72

119.54

9.64

2022

270.87

205.43

120.03

13.92

Implications for Exxaro
• Volatile and weaker 
commodity markets

• Lower received prices for 

coal exports 

Outlook
• Commodity markets are 
anticipated to rebalance 
during 2024 to reflect 
fundamental market 
dynamics

Our strategic response
• Portfolio management
• Maximise coal exports

Cause
• Global macro-economic 

headwinds

• Ongoing geopolitical 

tension

• China’s weak property 

market

• Gas supply risks

Coal markets

For most of 2023, seaborne thermal coal prices remained under pressure due to weak demand for high-calorific-value coal from Europe and 
north-east Asia. Both thermal coal and gas prices declined significantly as Europe and Japan, Korea and Taiwan (JKT) remained well stocked 
with both gas and thermal coal. Stronger renewables availability further reduced the role of gas and thermal coal in the European energy mix. 
Towards the end of 2023, natural gas supply risks, the Israel-Hamas war and the uncertainty of the northern hemisphere winter were the key 
drivers for the energy complex markets and pricing.

The switch from thermal coal to natural gas (coal-gas economics), including liquefied natural gas (LNG), particularly in Europe, where gas 
prices were at times more competitive, led to a downward trend in thermal coal prices, with the Argus/McCloskey Coal Price Index (API4 ) 
price index declining to US$88.5 per tonne by July.

Changes in demand and trade flows were observed in the year. Lower coal prices resulted in a resurgence in Indian demand. China and India 
were the primary demand drivers due to their economic growth potential and buoyant power demand. Changes in global trade included the 
resumption of Australia’s supply into China from a previous trade ban, a drastic reduction in Russian supplies to Europe and Japan, and 
Korea’s gradual weaning off from Russian coal dependency. 

Australia and Indonesia, after overcoming earlier weather-related production challenges, increased their thermal coal output. However, this 
coincided with a mild winter in Europe, which also contributed to a decline in seaborne coal prices globally.

Towards the end of the year, a resurgence in demand from China (driven by rising domestic prices) led to an increase in coal imports, as 
Europe and the JKT region experienced a drop in coal consumption and imports.

The South African domestic market demand remained stable throughout the year across multiple products. The decline in export pricing 
compressed margins and eroded profitability of alternative export channels. Operational challenges and equipment failures at Eskom’s 
power stations impacted the offtake of power station coal in the Waterberg region.

Implications for 
Exxaro
• Lower API4 index 

price

• Market volatility 

Cause
• European coal-gas economics
• Sufficient gas and coal stock levels in 

Europe and JKT

• Warmer than usual winter 
temperatures in northern 
hemisphere

• Changes in global trade flow because 
of geopolitical tensions such as the 
ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict 

• Global energy transition

Outlook
• The easing of global 
supply risks in both 
the thermal coal and 
natural gas (including 
LNG) markets is 
expected to filter 
through to market 
pricing

Our strategic response
• Early value strategy 
• Market to resource 

optimisation

• Exploring alternative 

markets

• Focusing on market 

adaptability

• Targeting high-demand 

markets 

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

17

Our operating context continued

Coal logistics

Rail operations continued to face numerous challenges, including limited availability of locomotives, security incidents and vandalism. As a 
result, Transnet Freight Rail’s (TFR) performance to RBCT dropped from 50.43Mt in 2022 to 47.92Mt in 2023. Exxaro’s export evacuation 
via rail and RBCT slightly increased from 4.65Mt in 2022 to 4.68Mt for 2023. Exxaro was successful in developing alternative routes to 
market and continued to road truck coal and export via alternative export ports.

Cause
• Security-related downtime 
(cable theft, vandalism 
and sabotage)

• Locomotive availability

Implications for Exxaro
• Reduced export volumes 
and increased cost of 
alternative logistics 
channels

Our strategic response
• TFR engagement
• Develop alternative routes 

to market 

Outlook
• Our business operating 

performance continues to 
be impacted by the TFR 
challenges. We remain 
cautiously optimistic that 
the continuous 
collaborative approach 
between critical 
stakeholders will 
eventually result in the 
improvement of TFR’s 
operational performance 

Iron ore market

Despite the property sector weakness in China, the seaborne iron ore market was supported by the resilience of China’s steel output as the 
much-anticipated steel capacity cuts remained modest. In addition, the property market policy easing, announced in August, is expected to 
stimulate property demand and, in turn, stabilise the overall sentiment within the sector. 

Continuous rising iron ore supply and exports remain the limiting factor for the iron ore prices. Major miners’ supply is increasing, and while 
Chinese demand remains relatively flat, demand from the rest of the world is expected to recover in 2024. A stronger for longer pricing 
environment is expected to prevail, supported by higher marginal cost levels. 

Cause
• Weak property sector in 
China necessitating 
government stimulus 
measures

• Resilience of China’s steel 

output

• Supply and export 

increases from major 
miners

Implications for Exxaro
• Performance of SIOC 

Outlook
• A balanced iron ore 

investment

market expected for 2024
• Together with the easing 
of the property market 
policy and anticipated 
modest steel capacity 
cuts, a stronger for longer 
pricing environment is 
expected

Our strategic response
• Exposure to higher-value 
iron ore lump product

18

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

How we
create value

Committed to powering 
better lives in Africa and 
beyond, we are transitioning 
into a resilient, diversified 
resources business while 
decarbonising our portfolio. 
Our goal is to forge a future 
where the needs of the 
present are met while 
preserving the potential of 
the future.

20  Our business model
24  Our material matters
28  Our risks and opportunities
39  Engaging our stakeholders

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

19

Our business model 

Our business model depicts the capital inputs we need to conduct 
our activities and deliver our products.

Our inputs 
The resources and relationships we rely on

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

The natural resources we rely on to 
run our business and create our 
products

The people who manage our 
business and perform our 
operational activities

The relationships that provide our 
social licence to operate

The physical mining, energy 
and property assets that enable us 
to deliver our products

The unique combination of 
knowledge, experience, innovation 
and systems that differentiate Exxaro

The financial assets that enable us 
to deliver on our strategy

Our purpose guides our activities, ensuring we continue providing critical resources that support South Africa’s 
sustainable economic and social development in a way that will accelerate change and ultimately safeguard the 
value we create for our stakeholders over time. We are committed to making a deliberate positive impact 
through our physical outputs and the way we do business.

Our activities
What we do
Our business activities align with our 
strategy of strengthening our 
resilience and ensuring we deliver 
sustainable value through a robust 
portfolio in a low-carbon economy.

Responsible 
mining

• Delivering 

resources to 
support the 
country’s energy 
needs

• Responsible 

environmental 
stewardship

• Delivering energy 

projects and services
• Build a leading global 
energy solutions 
business by 2030

Energy 
operations 
(own use and 
grid supply)

• Developing a 

roadmap for a just 
transition to a low-
carbon economy

Diversified 
equity 
investments

• SIOC (iron ore)
• Black Mountain 

(zinc)

Strategising for 
future relevance 
and a just 
transition

Delivering 
sustainable impact 
and responsible 
practices

• Driving diversity and 

inclusion

• Values-based leadership
• Effective governance
• Investments in community 
development initiatives
• Stakeholder engagement 

and communication

s
t
u
p
t
u
o
r
u
O

e
c
u
d
o
r
p
e
w
t
a
h
W

Coal
42.5Mt product volumes

(2022: 43.1Mt)

Renewable energy
727GWh wind energy

(2022: 671GWh)

Iron ore (SIOC)
R6.2 billion adjusted 
equity-accounted income

(2022: R4.9 billion)

Waste
3 186t hazardous waste

(2022: 1 624t)

953ktCO2e emissions
(2022: 971ktCO2e)

Through our business model, we aim to achieve these overarching value outcomes
We will secure energy, power a clean world, and ensure a just transition through our business model. We are committed to providing 
energy that fuels development, sustains our planet, and is fair to all involved.

Trade-offs to achieve strategic balance
The path to these outcomes involves careful navigation…

Energy 
security

Resources 
powering 
a clean 
world

A just 
transition

We are building a foundation for a reliable energy supply to support economic growth and stability, 
blending our heritage in coal with a bold venture into broader energy initiatives.

Our operations are pivoting towards sustainability, with acquisitive growth prospects in minerals and 
further energy solutions. All ESG improvement opportunities form part of new capital project 
requirements.

Understanding the socio-economic fabric we operate in, we are dedicated to a transition that 
respects and uplifts our employees, communities, and stakeholders.

Balancing present energy demands with future needs
Our mission is to provide the energy essential for today's economic growth while stewarding environmental resources for 
tomorrow. We acknowledge coal's immediate role in economic stability but are  aware of its long-term environmental and 
social costs. We therefore strategically invest in transitioning our business, accepting the short-term financial requirements as 
a trade-off for future energy security. This transition promises regulatory alignment, and public goodwill, anchoring us firmly 
within the global shift towards sustainable practices and attracting forward-thinking investors.

Profitability versus environmental stewardship
While our current operations, primarily powered by coal, underpin our financial strength, we are transitioning into a low-carbon 
business, considering the just transition and sustainability. This shift, reflective of our dedication to the environment, not only 
anticipates but actively embraces the long-term economic benefits of a low-carbon economy. It is a deliberate strategy to 
mitigate risk, enhance market competitiveness, and secure a legacy honouring our environmental responsibilities. Our journey 
towards sustainability is financially sound, aligning with investor interests in responsible energy practices while safeguarding 
our planet for future generations.

Efficiency, equity and the just transition
In navigating today's challenging economic landscape, we pursue efficiency to achieve balanced long-term objectives. Our 
efficiency gains are thoughtfully traded against immediate impacts to bolster business resilience, thereby ensuring sustained 
reinvestment in our workforce and communities as we transition towards greener practices. Such shifts, though they may 
present near-term challenges, are essential for the intertwined growth of our economy, environment and social fabric.

20

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

21

 
 
 
 
   
 
Our business model continued
Managing our capitals to achieve our ambitions 
Our inputs (as at 31 December 2023)

• RoM: 74.83Mtpa (2022: 74.48Mtpa)
• Diesel consumption: 83 629kL (2022: 83 

268kL)

• Electricity consumption: 590 931MWh 

(2022: 590 078MWh)

• Water consumption: 7 430ML 

(2022: 10 419ML)

• Land managed: 68 782ha (active and 

inactive mines)

• Land rehabilitated: 2 132ha 

(2022: 2 000ha) 

Our outcomes

 Despite our committed efforts to 

environmental stewardship, the inherent 
nature of our mining operations inevitably 
leads to a decrease in natural capital. The 
extraction of natural resources, essential to 
our business activities, directly impacts the 
environment despite our best practices and 
mitigation strategies.

How we improve our outcomes

• Mine responsibly
• Minimise our environmental impacts
• Actively participate in the just energy 
transition to a low-carbon economy
• Reduce the risk of stranded assets
• Active land management
• Ensure biodiversity stewardship
• Increase the proportion of high-quality 

coal in our product mix

• Continue improving our good cost control 

and resource efficiency

• Employees: 6 797 (2022: 6 745)
• Contractors: 13 868 (2022: 12 497)
• Investment in skills development and 
talent management: R358 million 
(2022: R331 million)

• Investment in employee remuneration: 

R4.7 billion (2022: R4.3 billion)

• Culture: connect2NEXT

• Investment in social and labour plan  
(SLP) projects (including ESD Hubs): 
R14.96 million (2022: R13.38 million)
• Investment in enterprise and supplier 
development (ESD): R111,3 million 
(2022: R291.2 million)

• Corporate social investment (CSI) 

(including disaster relief funds): R72.43 
million (2022: R167.93 million)
• Stakeholder relationship growth

 To ensure we have the right people to 
drive us forward, we invest in, upskill and 
offer our employees an attractive value 
proposition, thereby increasing our overall 
human capital. This investment extends to 
potential future employees and the 
communities who provide labour to our 
operations.

 We seek to preserve the value of our 
human capital by striving to achieve zero 
harm. Although we have observed a 
downturn in high-potential incidents (HPIs), 
regrettably, we saw an increase in our lost-
time injury frequency rate (LTIFR). To 
address this, we initiated enhanced safety 
campaigns across all our operations.

 We provide value to our host communities 
through our impact-at-scale initiatives, SLP 
commitments, active stakeholder 
engagements, attracting participation from 
black-owned suppliers and our commitment 
to the UNGC principles.

 We recognise the effects of our mining 
activities on local communities, both during 
operational periods and after a mine's 
closure. We aim to mitigate this by ensuring a 
just transition of our operations that supports 
our communities’ long-term sustainability.

• Remain committed to achieving zero 

• Continuously seek ways to engage and 

harm

• Work with employees and contractors to 

eradicate any safety incidents
• Continue to invest in employees

maintain relationships of mutual respect 
and benefit with our stakeholders

• Maintain a robust ESG framework to enable 
strategic decision making and governance 
while considering our long history and 
purpose to guide our transition within the 
context of our local and global realities

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Impact on value

 Net increase in value

 Net value preservation

 Net value erosion

Year-on-year change

 Positive increase
 Negative increase

 Unchanged

 Positive decrease
 Negative decrease

• Five mines (including one joint venture)
• One ferro-silicon manufacturing facility
• One coal project 
• Two windfarms and one solar project in 

construction

• Investment in property, plant and 

equipment: R2.7 billion (2022: R1.7 billion)

• Continued investment in digital 

transformation resulting in efficiencies in 
our value chain

• Entrenched operational excellence 
protecting our business from volatile 
economic conditions

• Leadership and management training: 468 

people attended (2022: 264)

• Significant investment in updating and aligning 
our strategy to our purpose and long-term goals
• Continued investment in leading governance 

structures: changes in board and 
engagement with investors

• Adjusted equity-accounted income: R7 billion 

(2022: R7.3 billion)

• Adjusted EBITDA: R13.4 billion 

(2022: R19.0 billion)

• Cash dividend paid to external shareholders: 

R5.5 billion (2022: R6.7 billion)

• Cash dividend paid to BEE parties: R1.8 billion 

(2022: R2.2 billion)

• Revenue: R38.7 billion (2022: R46.4 billion)
• Balance sheet strength

 Our investment in our portfolio of 
quality assets to meet changing market 
demands, particularly through an 
expanded investment in green energy, 
increases our manufactured capital. Minor 
delays in our mega-projects were offset by 
adherence to budget and the 
commencement of crucial constructions, 
signalling an effective management of our 
manufactured capital.

 Our early value strategy seeks to 

mitigate the transition risk to our portfolio 
of assets.

• Optimise our manufactured assets
• Fast track our decarbonisation and 

investments to generate predictable long-
term cash flows and increase portfolio 
diversification

 We continue increasing our 

competencies across mining and energy. 
Our focus on business resilience, 
investments in innovation, digital 
transformation and technology increases 
intellectual capital.

 Our collective knowledge, skills and 
resources positively impact human, social 
and relationship, and manufactured 
capital.

 Improved core system availability 
reflects increased intellectual capital.

 Maintaining a robust balance sheet and a 
thriving coal business, our strategic focus on 
core strengths and a leadership dedicated to 
carbon resilience ensures a positive impact on 
financial capital, fostering financial value.

 Long-term strategic investments 

underscore our commitment to bolstering 
strategy, enhancing efficiency, expanding 
operations, and optimising value, ensuring a 
resilient financial position despite year-on-
year variations in financial metrics.

• Leverage digital transformation to create 

impact

• Build on an already successful business as 
we mature, using our intellectual capital 
and differentiation with a long-term vision 
to develop a sustainable, growth-
orientated, value-driven company

• Become a leading international renewable 

solutions provider by the end of the 
decade

• Continue focusing on initiatives designed to 
lower costs, increase quality and manage 
our risk profile to deliver financial value
• Carefully consider how we allocate capital 
to achieve our strategic goals and invest in 
our current operations and future growth 
plans

• Create value for our broader stakeholders 
by continuously delivering solid returns to 
shareholders and ensuring we have the 
financial resources to implement our 
growth plans and social development 
objectives

 EBITDA margin: 35% (2022: 41%)
 Return on capital employed (ROCE): 

35% (2022: 45%)
 Adjusted HEPS: 

4 681 cents per share (2022: 6 016 cents 
per share)

 Market capitalisation: R71.4 billion 

(2022: R75.9 billion)

 Our business model does not operate in 
isolation. It impacts and is impacted by our:
• Risks and opportunities (page 28)
• Strategy and resource allocation 
   (page 47)
• Performance (page 82)
• Stakeholders (page 39)

 Carbon intensity: 20% decrease 

 Employee and contractor fatalities: 

 Number of community members who 

 Marginal timeline overruns in mega-

 Core system availability: 98.66% 

(2022: 0.5% increase)

 Water intensity: 30% decrease 

(2022: 0.5% increase)

 Environmental incidents: No level 3 

incidents (2022: zero level 3)

 Valid mining rights: 100% (2022: 100%)
 Safety stoppage directives: four 
section 54(a) stoppages (2022: seven)

None (2022: one)

 LTIFR: 0.07 (2022: 0.05)
 Occupational health incident 

frequency rate (OHIFR): 0.15 (2022: 0.16)

 Scarce skills retention: 4.5%

(2022: 4.4%)

benefited from our CSI: 41 867 
(2022: 1.7 million)

 Jobs created for SLPs: 29 

(2022: 83)

 Community incidents: Four (2022: 13) 
 Top-quartile mining performer 

in ESG governance structure ESG analyst 
rating: 3.9 (2022: 4.0)

 BEE level: 2 (2022: level 3)

(2022: 97.94%)

projects

 Implementation cost for mega-projects on 

target

 Construction of the LSP started
 Implementation of three mine expansion 

projects, securing an estimated ~85% of 
Matla Coal Reserves

 Coal Resources at Matla provided 
additional pit room and the flexibility 
for mining teams to alleviate implementation 
delays

s
G
D
S
d
e
t
c
e
f
f
A

22

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

23

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our material matters 

Materiality considerations serve as a crucial guide for our reporting practices. The matters 
we deem material are those that significantly influence our ability to create and sustain 
value, not only for our organisation but also for our stakeholders and the natural 
environment.

Determining materiality
We annually assess our material matters. Since 2021, we have followed a detailed double materiality determination process to enable us to 
identify our impact materiality (our impact on society, communities and the environment) and our financial materiality (matters that impact 
our ability to generate revenue and preserve shareholder value over time). The process we follow includes: 

External 
assessment
• Assess the 

external context, including 
global, local and industry risks, 
opportunities and trends
• Critically assess stakeholder 

reports

• Analyse external sources, 

including materiality mappers

• Review and benchmark our 
peers’ material matters

Internal assessment
Consider internal inputs, 
including risk registers, 
stakeholder surveys and 
strategy

Mapping
• Prioritisation of 

material matters by 
senior management and 
executives

• Review and approval of 

matters by executives and 
those charged with 
governance

• Final matters for reporting 

purposes

Our approach reflects the combined guidance of the Integrated 
Reporting Framework and Global Reporting Initiative, and results in 
matters that are prioritised and grouped into themes to inform our 
integrated and ESG report content. The detailed information 
provided in this report focuses on issues that have a greater impact 
on Exxaro's ability to create value over time. Matters that have a 
higher impact on society, communities and the environment are 
discussed in detail in our ESG report. The heat map below, along 
with the material theme discussions, depicts the relative disclosure 
levels across this report and our ESG report.

2023 material matters
The 2023 review identified 34 material matters, which were 
grouped into seven overarching themes. Recognising that 
materiality is dynamic in nature, the process is conducted annually, 
allowing us to regularly and timeously reflect on matters that may 
evolve from being material from an impact perspective to being 
financially material. 

Materiality matrix

24

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

G1

G2

G3

G4

Adapting to a 
changing context

Building sustainable 
communities

Driving business 
resilience

Helping our people 
thrive

Country risk: Failing 
infrastructure, institutions, 
and service delivery in South 
Africa

Supporting a just transition 
to a low-carbon economy#

Commodity price risk

Macro-environment

Geopolitical context

C1

A2

C2

C3

C4

C5

C6

Social licence to operate 
(including community 
relations, collaboration and 
engagement)

Supporting a just transition 
to a low-carbon economy#

Ensuring human rights are 
respected and upheld^

Social acceptance and 
community unrest

Job and business creation

Value sharing

Resettlement and land use

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

Financial performance and 
resilience

Capital allocation

Supply chain and logistical 
impediments

P1

P2

P3

Cyber risk

Innovation and digitalisation

Health, safety and wellness

Labour relations

Workforce: culture, 
capability, diversity, 
inclusion, attraction and 
retention of key skills and 
innovation^

Principled 
governance

Responsible environmental 
stewardship

Executing our 
strategy

Transparency, ethics and integrity

Risk management

Embedding ESG in response to increased 
regulation and for sustainability

Legal, regulatory and compliance 
excellence

E1

E2

E3

E4

E5

E6

E7

Managing our pollution

Environmental incidents*

Carbon emissions reduction

Water stewardship

Waste management

Impact of climate change^

Closure planning and rehabilitation 
management

E8

Biodiversity management

S1

S2

Diversify into critical minerals and 
energy

Build a leading global energy solutions 
business

S3

Coal portfolio optimisation

*  New matter or theme.  
#  Dual matter (across two themes). 
^ Matter renamed, expanded or refined.

Our material themes

Adapting to a changing context

The operating context is changing rapidly. Social, 
political and economic issues all impact our ability to 
create value. We operate in a long-term asset class with 
significant infrastructure investment. To remain 
competitive, we must respond to the current context 
and anticipate the future.

Related risks
• Unavailability of rail capacity
• Country risk (political)
• Customer concentration risk

Related capitals

Related SDGs

Material matters

• Country risk: Failing infrastructure, 

institutions and service delivery in South 
Africa

• Supporting a just transition to a low-

carbon economy

• Commodity price risk

• Macro-environment

• Geopolitical context

IR ESG

l l

l l
l l
l l
l l

l Detailed disclosure l Summarised disclosure

Strategic response
• Transition at speed and scale
• Make our minerals and energy 

businesses thrive

• Be carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for economic 

growth and environmental 
stewardship

Our operating context (page 14) 
and business resilience (page 
92) 

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

25

 
 
 
    
    
    
    
Our material matters continued

Building sustainable communities

Our business activities impact our stakeholders, and they, in 
turn, respond to these impacts. Our social licence to 
operate depends on how we look after our communities and 
the natural world around us, and our adherence to 
legislation. 

Related risks
• Adverse threat to licence to 

operate

• Community unrest

Related capitals

Related SDGs

Strategic response
• Empower people to create 

impact

• Become a catalyst for 
economic growth and 
environmental stewardship

Material matters

• Social licence to operate (including 

community relations, collaboration and 
engagement)

• Ensuring human rights are respected and 

upheld

• Social acceptance and community unrest

• Job and business creation

• Value sharing

• Resettlement and land use

• Supporting a just transition to a low-carbon 

economy

IR ESG

l l

l l

l l
l l
l l
l l
See 
adapting to 
a changing 
context

l Detailed disclosure l Summarised disclosure

Social impact (page 106) 

Driving business resilience

Underpinning our strategic objectives is the drive to 
enhance our business resilience through safe 
production, delivering financial results, effective capital 
allocation, compliance excellence, entrenching 
innovation and capitalising on digitalisation.

Material matters

• Financial performance and resilience

IR ESG
l l
l l
• Capital allocation
• Supply chain and logistical impediments l l
l l
• Cyber risk
l l

• Innovation and digitalisation

Related risks
• Unavailability of rail capacity
• Cybersecurity attacks 
impacting business

• Country risk (geopolitical)
• Customer concentration risk

Strategic response
• Make our minerals and 
energy business thrive
• Become a catalyst for 
economic growth and 
environmental stewardship

Related capitals

Related SDGs

Building resilience through 
governance (page 55), finance 
director’s overview (page 83) and 
business resilience (page 92)

l Detailed disclosure l Summarised disclosure

Helping our people thrive

Exxaro’s employees are the enablers of our 
performance. To deliver on our strategic goals requires 
a safe working environment and a culture that supports 
adaptability and innovation, while leveraging the 
strength of diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI).  

Related risks
• Fatal risk incidents
• Inability to achieve growth 

objectives
• Labour unrest

Related capitals

Related SDGs

Material matters

• Health, safety and wellness

• Workforce: culture, capability, diversity, 
inclusion, attraction and retention of key 
skills and innovation

• Labour relations

IR ESG

l l

l l

l l

Strategic response
• Make our minerals and energy 

businesses thrive

• Empower people to create 

impact

• Become a catalyst for economic 

growth and environmental 
stewardship

Building momentum with people 
(page 96) 

l Detailed disclosure l Summarised disclosure

26

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
    
   
     
    
    
    
 
  
 
    
    
 
  
   
   
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Executing our strategy

Climate change is not a refutable occurrence. We are 
committed to the Paris Agreement and have 
established a strategy and business objectives to 
respond to the short and long-term risks and 
opportunities presented by climate change.

Related capitals

Related risks
• Unavailability of rail capacity
• Fatal risk incidents
• Country risk (geopolitical)
• Inability to achieve growth 

objectives

• Inadequate response to climate 

change

Related SDGs

Material matters

• Diversify into critical minerals and 

energy

• Build a leading global energy solutions 

business

• Coal portfolio optimisation

IR ESG

l l

l l

l l

Strategic response
• Transition at speed and scale
• Make our minerals and energy 

businesses thrive

• Empower people to create 

impact

• Be carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for economic 

growth and environmental 
stewardship

Our strategy (page 47) 

l Detailed disclosure l Summarised disclosure

Principled governance

We conduct ourselves so as to strengthen our business 
reputation as a good corporate citizen and bolster our 
resilience in a changing environment.

Related risks
• Unavailability of rail capacity
• Cybersecurity attacks impacting 

Related capitals

Related SDGs

business

• Customer concentration risk
• Country risk (geopolitical)
• Inadequate response to climate 

change

Strategic response
• Make our minerals and energy 

businesses thrive

• Become a catalyst for economic 

growth and environmental 
stewardship

Building resilience through 
governance (page 55) 

Material matters

• Transparency, ethics and integrity

• Risk management 

• Embedding ESG in response to increased 

regulation and for sustainability

• Legal, regulatory and compliance 

excellence

IR ESG
l l
l l

l l

l l

l Detailed disclosure l Summarised disclosure

Responsible environmental stewardship

We acknowledge the impact of mining in our 
ecosystem. We must ensure we are responsible 
stewards of natural resources upon which our 
operations and communities rely to ensure a 
sustainable future for our employees, communities and 
the planet.

Related risks
• Country risk (geopolitical)
• Customer concentration risk
• Inadequate response to climate 

change

Related capitals

Related SDGs

Material matters

• Managing our pollution

• Carbon emissions reduction

• Environmental incidents

• Water stewardship

• Waste management

• Impact of climate change

• Closure planning and rehabilitation 

management

• Biodiversity management

IR ESG
l l
l l
l l
l l
l l
l l
l l
l l

l Detailed disclosure l Summarised disclosure

Strategic response
• Transition at speed and scale
• Make our minerals and energy 

businesses thrive

• Be carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for economic 

growth and environmental 
stewardship

Our environmental stewardship 
(page 109) 

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

27

  
  
  
  
    
    
   
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
    
 
   
    
   
   
Our risks and opportunities
In a dynamic operating and economic environment characterised by change 
and uncertainty, risk management is a critical success factor for us to achieve 
strategic and business objectives to remain resilient and deliver sustainable 
shareholder value.

Risk management process

Environment (internal and external)

Objective 
setting
Set Exxaro 
strategy and 
objectives

Establish the 
context
Understand 
the event, 
hazard and
environment

Risk 
identification
Risk name and 
description

Risk analysis
Unpack 
drivers (root 
causes) and 
impact

Risk evaluation
Determine the 
inherent, 
residual and 
desired risk 
score

Risk treatment
Implement 
controls to 
manage the 
risk (corrective 
or preventive)

Monitor and 
review
Monitor and 
review on a 
frequent basis

   Reporting of risks

We follow a cascading approach by identifying risk events at the organisation’s strategic, tactical and operational layers. 

In the past four years, the mining industry has faced logistics 
constraints, fluctuating coal prices, global inflation and increasing 
geopolitical tension, among other challenges. Over this time, the 
global economy has also been impacted by a series of shocks, 
including post-COVID-19 inflation and the effects of the Russia-
Ukraine and Israel-Hamas conflicts. In an uncertain and volatile 
environment, we rely on our mature risk management strategies 
to make agile and effective decisions to mitigate risk exposure and 
leverage opportunities. 

Our operating context (page 14) 

Our risk management philosophy and approach
Embedding risk management into our daily activities and processes 
is key to making informed decisions and proactively planning for 
possible future unwanted events stemming from internal and 
external sources. Exxaro’s risk management philosophy identifies 
risk management as a strategic enabler rather than being 
compliance driven. This ensures that we think and act proactively 
at every layer to pursue our strategic objectives.

Exxaro’s enterprise risk management (ERM) framework provides a 
proactive, systematic and integrated approach to risk management. 
The principles outlined in the framework form the foundation for 
our risk management philosophy, mission and vision. The ERM 
framework and process illustrated below are based on principles 
published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission, the ISO 31000 international guideline on 
risk management and King IV. The framework also considers 

applicable codes of best practice such as ISO 9001, 14001 and 
18001. The ERM framework is regularly reviewed to ensure it 
remains relevant and effective. The ERM framework was recently 
reviewed by Deloitte to assess maturity of ERM and benchmark 
against best practice. As a result of the exercise, improvement 
recommendations were identified and a roadmap created to ensure 
these are implemented.

Accountability and governance
Exxaro’s ERM process is a strategic initiative fully supported by the 
board and executive management. The chief strategic resilience 
and governance officer is responsible for enabling ERM across the 
group, and reports to the board and the risk and business resilience 
(RBR) committee. The RBR committee regularly reviews the ERM 
framework to ensure alignment with current governance practices 
and standards. The board and executive committee monitor key 
performance indicators (KPIs) quarterly to ensure all risks  are 
within Exxaro’s risk appetite. The board is satisfied that the 
company and group have a mature risk process that ensures risks 
potentially impacting its strategic objectives are pursued by 
management to create shareholder value.

Significant risks from the strategic layer are filtered down to the 
tactical and operational layers and are supplemented by the 
identification of risks that have an impact across the organisation. 

Significant risks originating at an operational layer will also be 
elevated to a strategic or tactical layer. In this way, the process 
incorporates a top-down/bottom-up view of risks within the 
organisation.

Strategically promote partnership and set strategic direction
• Use risk management to test robustness and sustainability of strategy
• Commission risk-based audits

Tactically embed strategy, manage service performance, issues and expectations

• Use risk management to ensure company and 

commodity strategy is achieved

• Monitor tactical and operational risks
• Monitor general controls

Operationally render and manage day-to-day service delivery and queries
• Day-to-day management of risks and monitoring key controls (operations and projects)

28

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our risks and opportunities continued

Risk appetite and thresholds
Exxaro’s board and executive committee use risk appetite and tolerance levels to evaluate the level of risk the group is willing to endure in 
the pursuit of the company’s strategy. 

Risk appetite

Extent and type of risk we are willing to take in order to meet our strategic and capital 
allocation objectives.

Risk tolerance

The maximum level of uncertainty/exposure we are prepared to accept. 

The risk appetite framework is updated annually or when deemed necessary as part of the strategic planning process.

Strategy and strategic 
objectives linked to the six 
capitals

Set risk threshold

Modify risk threshold

Performance against our strategy and outlook (page 50)

Opportunities
We use the ERM framework to identify and realise opportunities – for example, global energy transition to maximise value in the medium to 
long term in view of the achievement of growth objectives risk. We believe that, for Exxaro to remain sustainable in the future, it is important 
to adapt the minerals business to identify and pursue possible opportunities that ultimately create value, such as diversifying away from coal 
to future energy material and renewable infrastructure.

The following opportunities inform our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy:

Opportunity

Strategic objective

The drive for future-facing minerals presents opportunities to invest in 
exploration projects at various stages through our balanced portfolio approach 
towards capital allocation and managing risk and returns. 

Transition at speed and scale

Private-public participation in local rail operations is an opportunity for value 
unlock and vertical integration. We are currently investigating this opportunity. 

Make our minerals and energy 
businesses thrive

The multidimensional poverty index highlights the drivers of poverty and 
inequality in our communities, allowing us to focus our social impact efforts 
towards sustainable impact. We will focus on education, land use management 
and small, medium and micro-enterprise (SMME) development. 

Become a catalyst for economic growth 
and environmental stewardship

The early value strategy and our ability to maximise market to resource 
opportunities by leveraging the low cost and flexibility of our coal assets and reserves.

Make our minerals and energy 
businesses thrive

Accelerated expansion into renewable energy will support our low-carbon 
transition.

Nature-based solutions to mitigate the impacts of climate change were identified 
as an opportunity, especially in lieu of the vast amount of viable land that Exxaro 
has at our disposal. We intend to maximise this opportunity through our 
Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy.

Investing in self-generation facilities is an opportunity we are leveraging, which 
aligns with our energy growth strategy. 

Cennergi is constructing a 68MW photovoltaic farm, near Grootegeluk, through 
our special purpose vehicle, Lephalale Solar (RF) Proprietary Limited. This is our 
first self-generation project to expand and diversify within the energy space, 
supporting low-carbon emissions and long-term savings on electricity usage at 
Grootegeluk. We will also explore the opportunity for further self-generation.

The global energy transition provides an opportunity to mine and supply the 
minerals that support green technologies. Through a rigorous screening process, 
Exxaro identified future energy material and renewable infrastructure as being 
most aligned to our experience, capabilities and market forecast.

Be carbon neutral by 2050
Make our minerals and energy 
businesses thrive

Be carbon neutral by 2050

Make our minerals and energy 
businesses thrive
Be carbon neutral by 2050

Make our minerals and energy 
businesses thrive

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

29

Our risks and opportunities continued

2024 risk trend
The trend report indicates changes in the residual risk score when comparing the 2023 and 2024 financial years. Our risk scores are derived 
from the product of the likelihood and the impact of the unwanted event*. The top 10 risks are arranged from highest to lowest risk score.

The 2024 ranking represents the key possible unwanted events we anticipate having a potential impact on our ability to achieve our 
strategic imperatives in 2024. These risks are reviewed on a quarterly basis and could change significantly depending on the internal and 
external root causes that drive these risks to materialise. These risks are prioritised, and treatment strategies have been designed and 
implemented. The effectiveness of these treatments will be monitored on an ongoing basis to ensure the risks are managed down to 
acceptable risk levels. 

2024 
ranking

2024 top risks 
(forward looking)

2023 
ranking

2023 vs 

2024 trend Comments

Unavailability of rail 
capacity

1

Fatal risk incidents

4

Cybersecurity 
attacks impacting 
business

Country risk 
(geopolitical)

Customer 
concentration risk

Adverse threat to 
licence to operate

Community unrest

Inability to achieve 
growth objectives

Labour unrest

Inadequate response 
to climate change

3

7

2

8

9

5

16

11

TFR productivity remains our most significant challenge, with a low  run rate (below 50Mt for 
the year) and increasing financial difficulties. 

Initiatives by Operation Vulindlela, a joint initiative of the South African Presidency and National 
Treasury, and the National Logistics Crisis Committee are identifying improvements for TFR, 
including influencing structural and leadership changes. 

Exxaro is implementing alternative solutions to close the gap on export performance created by 
TFR. These include road trucking and exports via alternative ports.

This risk has increased due to a deterioration in safety indicators. Safety improvement plans are 
being implemented with strong emphasis on the effectiveness of preventive controls. This is 
supported by various other initiatives, including leadership visibility.

Exxaro remains vigilant to the high risk of cyberattacks and manages this risk through initiatives 
that enhance our ability to detect, protect, respond and recover from cybersecurity threats. 
These include:
• Implementing a robust cybersecurity awareness programme, establishing incident response 

plans, conducting penetration testing and overseeing privileged identities 

• Enhancing network security 
• Enhancing disaster recovery capabilities
• Patching

The current political environment, slow economic recovery, deteriorating state infrastructure 
and other macro-economic factors have an adverse effect on the country risk assessment. 
General deterioration of infrastructure affects ability and cost of conducting business. 

We continue to participate in industry-wide structures to contribute to solutions to address 
industry and national challenges. 

Risk continues to be monitored, taking the power utility’s operational challenges into account.

Challenges in achieving required spend on SLPs were identified, raising this risk and its potential 
impacts. Resources are being allocated in technical, supply chain and project management areas 
to address the gap.

Instability is expected before election outcomes and after the elections (forming of coalitions, 
etc). The team has intensified proactive stakeholder engagement efforts to build relationships 
with stakeholders by creating a conducive environment to ultimately reduce the number of 
incidents encountered.

Increased pressure in delivering growth objectives to diversify Exxaro. The board approved 
additional minerals to be explored. We continue to explore further opportunities to add to the 
pipeline for consideration. The primary growth lever for the organisation is inorganic growth 
through acquisition.

The risk of labour unrest has increased due to the upcoming wage negotiations and recent 
unrest/hostage incidents at other mining companies.

Collaborate with value chain partners such as Eskom and the Council for Geosciences on carbon 
capture and storage for the mitigation of scope 3 emissions.

*  Risk = f (likelihood of risk occurring x impact of the risk).

Ranking in the top 10 is higher compared to the previous year

Ranking in the top 10 remained unchanged compared to the previous year

Ranking in the top 10 reduced compared to previous the year 

New 

30

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Top 10 heat map
Exxaro’s top 10 risks are plotted inherently (before controls) and residually (after controls) on the heat maps below, followed by an outline of 
our key identified risks, their main drivers, their potential impacts and mitigating treatments. We have considered internal and external risks. 
Our mitigation strategies depend on the severity of impact and likelihood of occurrence.

Managing our risks
Various risk treatment strategies are evaluated, including risk avoidance, reduction, sharing, acceptance or transferring. When selecting risk 
treatment options, we consider the values and perceptions of stakeholders and the most appropriate ways to communicate them.

The decision to implement a treatment is based on risk tolerances, the effect the treatment will have on the impact and likelihood 
ratings, and the results of the cost versus benefit evaluation. Once a risk treatment is implemented, Exxaro develops ongoing mechanisms to 
monitor the implementation and effectiveness of the risk treatment.

Lines of defence

Risk trend

Management of risk (risk owner)

Residual risk increased compared to the previous year

Management support and oversight

Residual risk decreased compared to the previous year

Independent assurance (internal audit and other 
assurance providers)

Residual risk remained unchanged compared to the 
previous year

Independent assurance (external audit and regulators)

New

Governance structures (board and board sub-committees)

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

31

 
Our risks and opportunities continued

Unavailability of rail capacity (2023: 1)

Drivers

Impacts

• Cable theft and derailments
• TFR challenges that include availability of locomotives, 

inadequate maintenance regime, and financial difficulties

• Operational stoppages
• Financial loss
• Inability to meet contractual agreements 
• Shareholder dissatisfaction on lower returns

Treatments

Outlook

• Develop alternative routes to evacuate export-bound coal
• Continuous engagement with TFR to understand issues 

and provide assistance

Operational and maintenance challenges are expected to continue to 
have a significant impact on Exxaro. Sustainable solutions to current 
challenges will be explored through proactive engagement with 
Transnet and the industry.

Strategic objective impacted

• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

Fatal risk incidents (2023: 4)

Drivers

Impacts

• Lack of fatal risk ownership and leadership support 
• Under classification of critical controls to manage fatal risk
• Inadequate resource allocation to implement and manage critical 

control management programme 

• Lack of safety and health involvement in the sourcing process
• Our business partners’ health and safety compliance are not aligned 

• Fatal health and safety incidents
• Operational stoppages
• High insurance premiums
• Loss of licence to operate
• Decrease in quality of life
• Section 54 by the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy 

(DMRE)

• Loss of productivity (deaths, incapacity or sick leave)

Outlook

Our employees’ safety remains a top priority. Although good safety 
performance has been demonstrated in the recent past, we continue 
to implement our safety strategy with a focus on safety improvement 
in our quest for zero harm.

to Exxaro maturity
• Employee behaviour

Treatments

• Implement critical control management programme with strong 
emphasis placed on the effectiveness of preventive controls 
• Verify effectiveness of actions and learnings from incidents to 

eliminate repeat incidents

• Management and verification of high-risk and non-routine tasks to 

ensure control effectiveness

• Visible felt leadership where management is provided with the 

opportunities to identify gaps and improvements in management 
systems and behaviour while demonstrating their commitment to 
safety

Strategic objective impacted

• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

32

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Cybersecurity attacks impacting business (2023: 3)

Drivers

Impacts

• Large number of devices connected (especially in operations) to 

the corporate network that need to be managed (security 
updates)

• Vulnerability due to lack of awareness – people exposing Exxaro 

to cyberattacks

• Employees can work remotely as per our working guidelines
• Sophistication of cyber attacks
• Exxaro has not implemented technical controls to restrict or 
monitor the use of removable media devices such as USBs

• Revenue loss and reputational damage
• Exposure of confidential information
• Business interruption
• Legal and regulatory impacts (Protection of Personal Information 

Act, 2013 (Act 4 of 2013) (POPIA) implications)

Treatments

Outlook

The prevalence of cybersecurity attacks, specifically 
ransomware attacks, is expected to increase. We will continue to 
improve the robustness of the cybersecurity posture.

Exxaro continues to benchmark our cybersecurity profile to 
enhance identification, detection, response and recovery efforts, 
and our vulnerability identification and management efforts.

• Ensure we have monitored security governance in place
• Stricter security practices and remediation of identified 

weaknesses

• Conduct regular and ongoing security awareness
• Business continuity management plan and disaster recovery 

testing

• Assess the current antivirus solution to improve the endpoint 
protection capabilities, which detect threats such as malware/
ransomware on endpoints

• Harden the operating system security settings to not allow any 

software programs to execute on endpoints, unless these 
programs have been approved or whitelisted

• Access to USB ports will be blocked
• Implement a tool that monitors data movement
• Implement the use of privileged access management to manage 

privileged identities such as system administrator accounts
• Implement an extended detection and response tool (XDR) to 

monitor and block malware on endpoints

• Segregate the IT and OT networks
• Implement a backup and recovery solution to guarantee a clean 

data backup and boost disaster recovery capabilities

Strategic objective impacted

• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

33

 
 
 
Our risks and opportunities continued

Country risk (2023: 7)

Drivers

Impacts

• Possibility of community unrest for political support
• Stakeholder dissatisfaction
• Increased compliance burden
• Potential increase in royalties/taxes
• Reduced investment opportunities (increase in cost of capital)
• Increased cost of doing business (due to increased compliance 

burden)

• Fewer opportunities for co-investment with government 

in community development

• Breakdown in government relationships with Exxaro
• Higher expectation from society and government for more social 

investment

Outlook

Social tensions and insecurity persist amid high levels of poverty, 
income inequality and endemic unemployment (above 30%). With 
the national elections in 2024, the local economy will likely continue 
to face challenges like volatility from political uncertainty and 
associated risks.

• Effect of local political environment
• Slow implementation of reforms and policy certainty
• Instability associated with national government elections
• Unstable/failing local government leading to poor service delivery
• South Africa’s low GDP forecast
• High levels of poverty and unemployment
• Low investor confidence
• Low corruption perception index scoring, indicating prevalence of 

corruption

Treatments

• Align our purpose with governance and ethics
• Continuously monitor independent country risk assessment 

report

• Establish and participate in collaborative regional development 

platforms for community impact

• Develop renewables strategy that could result in new investment 

and electricity security

• Long-term investment perspective for growth, development and 

impact

• Participate in municipal capacity building
• Ongoing engagement with Minerals Council and provincial 

and local governments

• Strive for full compliance with relevant legislation for business 

continuity

• Continued support of relevant business lobby groups to engage 

business and government

• Increased and improved analysis of dynamic political landscape 

and impacts on stakeholders

Strategic objective impacted

• Transition at speed and scale
• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive
• Empower people to create impact
• Be carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for economic growth and environmental stewardship

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

34

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
 
 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Customer concentration risk (2023: 2)

Drivers

Impacts

• Eskom power stations not operating at full capacity
• Eskom liquidity risk
• Commercial risk attached to long-term contracts
• Inadequate environmental financial provision at tied operations
• Environmental rehabilitation fund shortfall at Matla
• Realisation of approved funding for capital requirements (Matla 

capital project programme)

• Low volume offtake from the power utility 
• Loss of revenue
• Reputational damage
• Operational constraints 

Treatments

Outlook

• Continuous stakeholder engagement
• Ongoing discussions on coal supply agreements
• Enforcement of coal supply agreements 

Strategic objective impacted

• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

Eskom’s financial challenges will remain a concern in the short 
to medium term as government continues to reform South Africa’s 
electricity sector and Eskom implements its turnaround strategy and 
restructuring.

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

Adverse threat to licence to operate (2023: 8)

Drivers

Impacts

• Delays in approval of licences and authorisations
• Unable to achieve SLP targets as approved (annual and five-year 

projects)

• Unable to meet legislative targets, eg Mining Charter and B-BBEE
• High community expectations for social investments and 

procurement opportunities
• BEE transaction unwinding
• Poor stakeholder communication about Exxaro achievements

• Suspension/cancellation of mining right or directive issued by 

DMRE 

• Reputational damage
• Financial loss
• Community unrest
• Production stoppages

Treatments

Outlook

• Fulfil regulatory requirements within reasonable cost/expenses
• Structured engagement with regulators
• Supervision on execution of projects (SLPs)
• Compliance performance management

We will continue to focus on delivering on our commitments in line 
with our licence to operate. Furthermore, the implementation of the 
Social Impact strategy is expected to deliver greater impact on the 
communities where we operate.

Strategic objective impacted

• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our risks and opportunities continued

Community unrest (new)

Drivers

Impacts

• Delayed implementation of SLPs and transformation (local 

• Potential harm to mine employees, contractors and community 

economic development, human resource development, local 
procurement, etc)

• Lack of participation of local community companies in the tender 

process

• Influence of local community business forums on allocation of 

opportunities

• High unemployment rate
• Loadshedding impacting SMMEs, resulting in job losses and fewer 

opportunities for local employment

• Electioneering in the lead-up to and after the upcoming national 

elections in May 2024

Treatments

members

• Disruptions to operations (prevent access to workplace)
• Reputational damage
• Financial loss

Outlook

• Monitor implementation of SLPs
• Ongoing engagement with Minerals Council and local and district 

An increase in the number of incidents is expected due to the 
upcoming national elections, which could impact our operations.

municipalities, among others 

• Ongoing investment in communities aligned to Social Impact 

strategy

• Strike emergency response plans
• Regular participation at community forums

Strategic objective impacted

• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

36

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Inability to achieve growth objectives (2023: 5)

Drivers

• Volatile economic and market conditions
• Regulatory/policy uncertainty in South Africa and other targeted destinations
• Competition for desired mineral assets increases valuation of opportunities
• The organisation’s ability to respond effectively to opportunities (internal skills and 

processes)

• Shareholder pressure to return excess cash
• Capital allocation considerations and JSE transaction category criteria (execution risk)

Treatments

• Disclosure of target and performance against strategy and capital allocation
• Build critical skills and capacity to achieve strategy
• Assessment and execution of our opportunity pipeline
• Funds earmarked for growth strategy
• Consider and incorporate appropriate post-deal strategies
• Improve networking opportunities – insights on potential transactions and financing
• Regular communication on strategy, capital allocation and returns against targets – 

investor engagements

• Board mandate to increase scope of minerals beyond manganese, bauxite and copper

Strategic objective impacted

• Transition at speed and scale
• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive
• Empower people to create impact
• Be carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for economic growth and environmental stewardship

Impacts

• Reputational damage
• Unable to transition from coal to other 

minerals

• Undervalued/declining/volatile share price 

and market value

Outlook

The primary growth lever for the organisation 
is inorganic growth through acquisition. We 
will continue to pursue opportunities for 
growth through mergers and acquisitions.

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

Labour unrest (2023: 16)

Drivers

Impacts

• Wage negotiations
• Community activism
• Inter-union rivalry
• Labour unrest spilling over from other mining houses (sympathy strikes)
• Impact of potential local (branch) and regional union leadership changes
• Unstable macro-economic, socio-economic and political factors

• Operational stoppages
• Reputational damage
• Damage to assets
• Incidents and accidents
• Security risks
• Strained relationships with unions and employees

Treatments

Outlook

• Ensure strategic alignment with management and employees
• Regular union engagement
• Regular communication with various stakeholders
• Intelligence system on ground level
• Participate in the Minerals Council forum
• Ensure picketing guidelines and effective communication plans are in place
• Establish a strike emergency response plan and team

Strategic objective impacted

• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

The wage agreements are due for renewal in 2024. 
Focus will be on the upcoming wage negotiations with 
efforts focused on strengthening union relations.

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our risks and opportunities continued

Inadequate response to climate change (2023: 11)

Drivers

Impacts

• Ageing infrastructure and assets unable to withstand extreme 

weather conditions

• Poor monitoring and reporting of climate change impacts. Lack of 

forecasting capabilities of extreme weather events

• Lack of forecasting of extreme weather events
• International and local investor sentiment against fossil fuels
• Increased stakeholder activism (NGOs and communities)
• Increased stringent local and international legislation (eg carbon 

tax, carbon budget and Climate Change Bill

• Competition between operations and communities for resources 
such as water can emanate due to climate impacts particularly in 
water stressed areas

• Increased cost of doing business
• Community protest
• Non-compliances associated with environmental emissions
• Energy security and supply
• Loss of production
• Natural disasters
• Equipment/infrastructure damage
• Possible fatalities and increased occupational incident rate
• Restriction in security of water
• Legal claims against heavy polluters
• Unable to secure insurance covers for operations

Treatments

Outlook

Collaborate with value chain partners such as Eskom and the Council 
for Geosciences on carbon capture and storage for the mitigation of 
scope 3 emissions. Exxaro operates in line with our carbon neutral 
target.

• Develop Exxaro’s decarbonisation roadmap (2050)
• Develop market intelligence on carbon pricing
• Diversify the portfolio into other minerals
• Engage government on policy and other key role players
• Invest in renewable decarbonisation initiatives
• Reduce carbon intensity per ton of product to reduce carbon 

emissions

• Reduce our water intensity per tonne of product produced
• Develop financial model to cost impact of carbon tax 
• Costing of individual projects that will contribute towards 

decarbonisation

Strategic objectives impacted

• Transition at speed and scale
• Become carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for economic growth and environmental stewardship

Material theme

Capitals impacted 

Line of defence

Risk ranking trend

38

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Engaging our stakeholders
Through our holistic stakeholder approach, Exxaro aims to build long-term, 
stable, mutually beneficial relationships with stakeholders. Our engagements 
enable us to better understand, manage and respond to material risks and 
concerns, protect our licence to operate and create shared value. 

Our approach to meaningful stakeholder engagement
We believe the value we create for our stakeholders is as important as the value we create for ourselves. Regular and ad hoc in-person 
engagements, social impact assessments and surveys inform our understanding of our social impact, and stakeholders’ needs and interests.

In this section, we describe our stakeholder management through our ERM 
framework lens. 

 Refer to the stakeholder-inclusive approach section of the ESG report for more information about our approach to 

stakeholder engagement, details of our key stakeholder relationships, the nature and quality of our relationships with 
strategic stakeholder groups and our responses to their concerns. 

Stakeholder universe 
We use our ERM process and project workshops to identify our stakeholders and assess our impact on them and their impact on our business. 
We categorise our stakeholders into four key groupings – government, communities, business and value chain participants – and identify 
relevant engagement strategies and objectives as required. 

Government
• Governmental 
departments

• Local governments
• Political parties
• Provincial government
• District municipalities
• Regulators

Business
• Non-governmental 

organisations

• Media
• Professional industry 

bodies

Value chain participation
• Unions
• Investors/shareholders
• Strategic suppliers
• Partner in delivery
• Sponsors
• Customers
• Employees
• Service providers

• Other mining 
organisations

• Universities
• Financial community
• Non-profit organisations 

Communities
• Local media
• Faith-based organisations
• Taxi association
• Farmers and landowners
• Other mining companies

• Local SMMEs
• Communities
• Local leadership
• Local schools

Assessing engagement effectiveness
Engagement effectiveness is assessed through assurance and audits of our procedures and changes in risk ratings. We also measure 
perceptions of our engagement performance as part of a stakeholder survey. 

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

39

Engaging our stakeholders continued

Material engagements in 2023 
While we engage regularly with multiple stakeholders, this report focuses on engagements most material to value creation and 
preservation.

No existing relationship or the 
relationship has challenges

Established relationship but can be 
improved

Good relationship with opportunity for 
improvement

Very strong relationship based on 
mutual trust and respect

2023 risk Unavailability of rail capacity

Engagement 
purpose

Collaborate in finding solutions to improve logistics

Stakeholder Transnet

Further reading

Our risks and opportunities (page 28)

Stakeholder expectations and issues

Key engagements and outcomes

Quality of relationship: 

• TFR performance

Material themes

• Supporting National Logistics Crisis Committee initiatives, which we 

are optimistic will move performance in the right direction 

• Engaging directly with Transnet through: 

– Weekly meetings on operational and commercial matters (with TFR 
Coal Line and TFR Commercial as Exxaro and as a member of the 
Coal Exporting Parties group) 

– Monthly meetings on issues not resolved at weekly meetings  
– Quarterly and biannual coal industry meetings between senior 

executives on performance matters and issues of strategic interest

Strategic objectives
• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

2023 risk Customer concentration risk

Quality of relationship: 

Engagement 
purpose

Eskom remains a key Exxaro customer. In 2023, Exxaro attributed 73% of sales to 
Eskom. Long-term agreements with Eskom at Matimba and Medupi place the coal 
business in a defensive position. We engage regularly in light of Eskom’s challenges. 

Stakeholder Eskom

Further reading

Our risks and opportunities (page 28)

Stakeholder expectations and issues

Key engagements and outcomes

• Coal supply agreements 

• Engaging to renegotiate the Matla cost plus agreement due to expire 

Material themes

in mid-2024

• Conducting regular planning and operational alignment engagements 
at Grootegeluk around Matimba and Medupi coal supply agreement 
contracts

Strategic objectives
• Transition at speed and scale
• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

40

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

2023 risk Fatal risk incidents

Quality of relationship: 

Engagement 
purpose

Align employees’ focus with our health and safety strategy and culture for competitive 
advantage and resilient business performance. 

Stakeholder Employees

Further reading

Our risks and opportunities (page 28) and building momentum with people (page 96)

Stakeholder expectations and issues

Key engagements and outcomes

• Health and safety standards

• Communicating safety issue reminders daily at operational level and 

Material themes

regular safety messages across various platforms

• Hosting our annual sustainability summit and focusing on eliminating 

repeat incidents following last year’s LTIFR increase

• Facilitating ongoing safety training (including risk management, 

safety for supervisors and legal liabilities), which perceptibly improved 
the quality of mini hazard identification and risk assessments

• Hosting a compulsory weekly review meeting to discuss learnings 

from internal or external safety incidents

Strategic objectives
• Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive
• Empower people to create impact

2023 risk Community unrest

Quality of relationship: 

Engagement 
purpose

We aim to build relationships and our understanding of community needs to enable 
collaboration and successful delivery of socio-economic development projects. 
Engagements enable us to proactively resolve issues or concerns raised by 
communities and avoid protest action. In addition, we aim to communicate how we 
create shared value through local employment and procurement, community 
development initiatives, skills development and ESD. 

Stakeholder Communities

Further reading

Our risks and opportunities (page 28) and social impact (page 106) 

Stakeholder expectations and issues

Key engagements and outcomes

• Our communities expect Exxaro to employ, uplift and 
empower locally to enable South Africa’s development

• We had four incidents in 2023 that resulted in three 
hours of lost production at Leeuwpan (2022: 13). The 
improvement can be attributed to our proactive and 
intentional engagements with our stakeholders

Material themes

• Considering concerns raised at meetings between our board and host 
communities in Mpumalanga during 2023, which included the ongoing 
need for employment and local procurement, youth training and 
development opportunities, engagement with traditional authorities 
and collaboration in addressing crime 

• Addressing community needs through our socio-economic 

development, ESD and procurement initiatives and communicating via 
our stakeholder engagement forums 

Strategic objectives
• Become a catalyst for economic growth and environmental 

stewardship

• Empower people to create impact

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

41

 
 
Engaging our stakeholders continued

2023 risk Adverse threat to licence to operate and country risk

Quality of relationship: 

Engagement 
purpose

Proactive engagement supports our efforts to drive business resilience and manage 
risk. Exxaro plays a proactive role in finding solutions to socio-economic challenges and 
contributes to shaping government policies by collaborating and partnering with 
government.

Stakeholder Government

Further reading

Our risks and opportunities (page 28), our strategy (page 47) 

Social (ESG report, page 67)

Stakeholder expectations and issues

Key engagements and outcomes

• The role of big business in solving broader societal 

issues

• Responsible water management, minimising 

environmental impact and overcoming climate change 
issues

• Life after mining, job creation and community 

upliftment*

• Socio-economic development*
• Municipal service delivery*
• Local procurement*

* Multi-stakeholder issues. 

Material themes

Several partnerships and initiatives enable us to address government’s 
expectations. These include:
• Consulting on SLP development and regularly collaborating on 

projects 

• Improving disclosure in our annual reporting suite
• Refining and consolidating our Sustainable Growth and Impact 

strategy 

• Implementing our Social Impact strategy
• Collaborating with the health departments in Limpopo and 

Mpumalanga

• Reporting quarterly as required by our regulatory bodies
• Improving compliance and risk mitigation through internal auditing 

processes, strategies and management controls

• Proactively engaging with the: 

– Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS) and Department of 
Forestry, Fisheries and the Environment on water issues at our 
Durnacol and Hlobane mines in closure 

– DMRE on the renewal of our Matla mining right 
– DWS and DMRE on discard dumps
– DWS and Water Tribunal on Matla water use licence renewal

• Regularly reviewing and actioning complaints received at the mines
• Processing requests for information through the Promotion of Access 
to Information Act, 2002 (Act 2 of 2002) (PAIA) and managing these 
accordingly

Strategic objectives
• Become a catalyst for economic growth and environmental stewardship

42

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Engaging about our climate commitments

We engage with all our stakeholders on climate change concerns as we aim to understand regulatory 
policy; empower employees, communities and value stream participants to manage climate change 
impacts; contribute to thought leadership; and communicate our decarbonisation plan. 

Exxaro is committed to conducting climate lobbying in a responsible and sustainable manner as stated in our Climate Change 
Response strategy. Our goal is to also participate in stakeholder engagements on climate change in a manner that advances the 
achievement of the Paris Agreement objectives. We value industry associations and the platform they present for knowledge sharing 
and engagements on key issues such as climate policy, advocacy and the low-carbon transition.

We received a request from Just Share, Fossil Free South Africa and Aeon Investment Management ahead of our AGM in May 2023 to 
report on the alignment of our climate lobbying and policy engagement activities, and those of our affiliated industry associations, 
with the goals of the Paris Agreement. In response, we have engaged directly with Just Share to understand expectations, build trust 
and establish an advisory partnership to determine the way forward.

During our governance roadshow in September, investors voiced their satisfaction with Exxaro’s engagement with Just Share and 
suggested improving climate lobbying disclosure in our ESG and integrated reports. 

Stakeholder expectations and 
issues
• A just transition
• Climate change adaptation and 

mitigation
• Carbon pricing
• TCFD and decarbonisation plan
• Green procurement
• Biodiversity, waste and water 
• Policy

Key engagements and outcomes
• Engaging on air quality management in priority areas 
• Enhancing climate change adaptation and resilience for industry and government
• Working with government and other businesses to address South Africa’s 

international climate change obligations

• Contributing to thought leadership on climate change issues 
• Discussions with government on climate change management 
• Engaging with businesses through Business Unity South Africa and Business 

Leadership South Africa on issues affecting the country and securing energy supply
• Working with government, power utilities, industry and other stakeholders to ensure a 

financially viable, technically healthy and well-managed energy supply sector for 
South Africa

Material theme

Strategic objectives
• Transition at speed and scale
• Become carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for economic growth and environmental stewardship

Further reading

 Our risks and opportunities (page 28), responding to TCFD reporting requirements (page 120), building 
momentum with people (page 96), social impact (page 106) and our environmental stewardship (page 
109)

 Transitioning into a low-carbon business (page 12), climate change adaptation and resilience (page 36) 

and social (page 67) (ESG report)

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

43

 
 
 
Strategically 
positioning the 
business for 
growth

We are acutely aware of the 
delicate balance between a 
rapid energy transition and a 
fair, equitable shift that 
benefits all stakeholders. 
Through our Sustainable 
Growth and Impact strategy, 
we are positioning Exxaro for 
sustainable growth and a 
meaningful impact for all our 
stakeholders.

45 CEO’s report

47 Our strategy

50 Performance against our strategy and 

outlook

44

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

CEO’s report 

Reflecting on our rich history of innovation and 
resilience, this past year has further solidified 
Exxaro’s dedication to sustainable growth and 
impact amid the complex tapestry of global 
economic challenges. I am pleased to present 
the progress we have achieved, the obstacles 
overcome, and the forward-looking vision 
that guides our journey ahead.

Dr Nombasa Tsengwa
CEO

Delivering sustained value in a turbulent 
context
Despite the anticipated downturn in China’s property sector, the 
seaborne iron ore market found support as expected cuts in steel 
capacity proved modest, and the easing of the property market 
policy later in the year bolstered sector sentiment. 

Thermal coal markets witnessed a resurgence in Indian demand, 
spurred by economic growth and increased energy requirements. 
This coincided with China’s heightened coal imports after the 
Australian trade ban was lifted in 2020. Conversely, European 
and northeast Asian demand softened, with ample coal and gas 
stocks leading to price reductions.

Enabling sustainable growth and impact 
through strategic foresight
While Exxaro's legacy is steeped in our country’s industrial 
growth, we have a responsibility to transition to support a 
sustainable future. Our tangible growth is reflected in the robust 
expansion of our market capitalisation, escalating from 
R20 billion at our inception in 2006 – when we set out to achieve 
our purpose of powering better lives in Africa and beyond – to 
R71 billion today. Today, we are transitioning from a history rich 
in mining to engaging with the energy landscape of tomorrow, 
drawing on the same commitment that steered us through past 
challenges and successes. 

Stronger renewables availability further curtailed Europe’s 
dependency on gas and coal. Yet, as the year concluded, new 
uncertainties from geopolitical conflicts and potential natural gas 
supply issues contributed to volatile energy market dynamics.

Our strategy champions the outcomes of energy security, 
endorses resources powering a clean world, and upholds an 
energy transition that ensures the path to carbon neutrality by 
2050 is both viable and responsible.

Domestically, challenges persisted with Transnet’s operational 
issues, resulting in a multi-decade low in RBCT coal exports. 
Additionally, Eskom’s operational hurdles curtailed coal offtake, 
particularly from the Waterberg region. Although production saw 
a 1.4% reduction, this outcome still stands as a testament to our 
team’s capability, especially in navigating and mitigating the 
impacts of the logistical constraints that have affected our 
export sales.

Our operating context (page 14)

Wind energy generated from the Cennergi operations increased 
by 8% compared to 2022 as wind conditions improved in 2023. 
Although Tsitsikamma experienced an Eskom distribution line 
fault in the first half of the year, resulting in 15GWh of lost 
generation over a one-month period, an improvement in wind 
performance was noted and the average plant availability of 
97.3% was above the contracted 97%.

While group EBITDA decreased by 29% to R13.4 billion, this was 
our second highest EBITDA following record thermal coal prices 
in 2022. This was driven primarily by lower export prices and 
lower sales volumes for domestic and export. We delivered 
headline earnings of R46.81 per share, 22% lower than in 2022. 
The coal business’s EBITDA margin decreased by 9% from 42% 
to 33%, while Cennergi’s operational EBITDA margin remained 
stable at 80%. We achieved an annualised ROCE of 35%.

This achievement is attributable to our high basket price 
performance and efforts in efficient capital deployment and cost 
management. These will be critical performance areas as we 
embark on our growth journey ahead.

Aligned with our commitment to ensuring energy security – 
meeting today’s needs while supporting a sustainable future for 
all – our early value strategy focuses on optimising coal reserves 
to minimise the risk of stranded high-value assets while 
improving operational cost efficiency. In this regard, we 
concluded a capital excellence programme to improve our capital 
project delivery and enhance value during the year.  

Our assets remained cost competitive and continue to deliver 
operational EBITDA margins of 80%. The group’s augmented 
capital investment in Grootegeluk and Belfast saw a 57% 
increase over the previous year, which also speaks to the fact 
that the strategy is working. Our early value strategy and market 
to-resource optimisation enabled us to achieve the record 
average price realisation of 97% against the API4 index – an 
increase of 4% compared to 2022. 

Business resilience (page 92)

The success of our coal business bolsters our financial resilience, 
enhances our capital strategy, and positions the group to 
capitalise on new opportunities and drive innovation for 
sustainable profitability and growth.

Pursuing our ambition to deliver resources powering a clean 
world, we seek to evolve from our coal-centric beginnings 
towards future-focused minerals and energy resources. 

This transition is epitomised by our wholly owned subsidiary 
Cennergi, founded in 2009, delivering 229MW of clean energy to 
Eskom. 

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

45

CEO’s report continued

We aim to grow the business to become a leading energy 
solutions provider with a 1.6GW generation capacity by 2030. 
With the financial close of the LSP, Exxaro has further cemented 
our investment in energy, exemplifying our dedication to 
sustainable solutions. 

Our venture into resilient, energy transition minerals is equally 
strategic, building on a legacy that adapts to ever-changing 
market dynamics. Our cash generation remains robust at R13.3 
billion, enabling us to bolster our net cash position with R5.2 
billion to R10.5 billion, putting us on a solid footing to execute our 
growth strategy.

The insights garnered through meticulous evaluations of 
potential opportunities in critical minerals and energy sectors 
over the past years have honed our expansion strategy. 
Continuous investment in market intelligence and capability 
strengthening positions us to forge partnerships that are as 
robust as they are insightful, ensuring judicious execution of the 
most value-accretive deals. 

It therefore gives me great pleasure to welcome our new chief 
growth officer, Richard Lillieke. With his extensive banking and 
investment management background, Richard has successfully 
led numerous merger and acquisition transactions across the 
continent. We are delighted to have him join our executive team 
and excited about the leadership and expertise he will bring to 
our minerals and energy growth strategy. 

As we unlock value and invest in areas with significant growth 
potential that align with our vision for sustainable impact, we 
have commenced the divestiture of the FerroAlloys business, 
which we identified as non-core to our future direction. With a 
focus on enhancing black economic participation, the sale of 
FerroAlloys is targeted to promote black ownership – a sale 
process we anticipate concluding in the second half of 2024.

An energy transition remains central to our ethos. As we shift 
towards a low-carbon business model, we must do so in a manner 
that is equitable and inclusive for all stakeholders. Our 
commitment to this transition is not only about reducing our 
environmental footprint but also about ensuring that the shift 
supports equitable socio-economic development, particularly in 
the areas where we operate. 

Exxaro is investing in a greener future and creating a foundation 
for enduring social equity and economic vitality. To ensure that 
no one is left behind as we transition, we offer access to social 
development opportunities to all, in particular those in our host 
communities. 

We are pleased to report a 17% increase in community 
investments, totalling R1.9 billion. Of this, 71% (R1.48 billion) was 
directed towards supporting black SMMEs through local 
procurement and ESD. Our ESD programme has been 
empowering youth and women-led businesses since 2018, 
benefiting communities across Limpopo, Mpumalanga and 
KwaZulu-Natal. Our Social Impact strategy is aligned to the UN 
SDGs and seeks to create a lasting positive impact on 
communities and reduce poverty by combining multidimensional 
approaches that address education, economic wellbeing and 
access to land for economic activity. 

Social impact (page 106)

Pleasingly, our environmental stewardship and social 
responsibility initiatives have garnered recognition, as evidenced 
by our second-place accolade in the 2023 ESG Investing Awards 
for Social Responsibility, among our other many accolades.

46

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Empowering our people to create impact
The wellbeing of our people is a fundamental priority that 
underpins every facet of Exxaro’s operations. This financial 
period, we recorded zero fatalities. Regrettably, we recorded 
11 LTIs, resulting in a frequency rate of 0.07 against our target 
of 0.05. Even though we have observed a downturn in HPIs, 
indicating a movement towards our goal of an incident-free 
workplace, there is no room for complacency.

The team initiated enhanced safety campaigns across all our 
operations. We believe in creating a culture where safety and 
accountability are paramount, and every team member actively 
participates in safeguarding their wellbeing and that of their 
colleagues. Looking back at the year, we are proud of the six 
safety awards received at the COALSAFE Awards by the South 
African Colliery Managers’ Association, reflecting our 
commitment to operationalising zero harm at our operations and 
beyond the mine gate.

Building momentum with people (page 96)

Our dedication to our people extends beyond safety. As the first 
female CEO in Exxaro’s history, I am incredibly proud of our 
progress in DEI and the transformational power of our succession 
planning. The representation of black women in senior and 
middle management has improved by over 75% in the past six 
years. We are fostering an environment where DEI is woven into 
the fabric of our corporate culture. This commitment has not 
gone unnoticed; Exxaro was honoured as a Top Employer in 
South Africa for the fourth time by the Top Employer’s Institute. 

I am grateful for the recognition of the Gender Icon Award at the 
2023 Standard Bank Top Women Awards and the Trailblazing 
Women in Mining Award. At the Top Empowerment Awards, we 
were also recognised in the DEI category, affirming our position 
as leaders in creating a workplace where we all feel like we 
belong. Additionally, being included in the 2023 Bloomberg 
Gender-Equality Index is not just an honour but a benchmark 
that drives us towards greater inclusivity and equality in our 
industry. 

These awards and accolades received are not just symbols of 
honour but are testaments to the values we uphold and the 
inclusive future we are building.

Charting the way forward
As we navigate the complexities of our industry and the broader 
environmental and socio-economic challenges, our Sustainable 
Growth and Impact strategy is more relevant than ever. We are 
committed to transitioning Exxaro into a diversified minerals 
business, focusing on manganese, bauxite, and copper, among 
others, to build a sustainable and resilient future. Our energy 
initiatives and the strategic selection of minerals for diversification 
reflect our proactive approach to the global energy transition and 
our contribution to a carbon-neutral future by 2050.

Our achievements and strategic direction are a testament to our 
team’s dedication and hard work, the support of our 
stakeholders, and the strength of our vision. As we look to the 
future, we remain focused on driving operational excellence, 
pursuing sustainable growth, and contributing positively to the 
global energy transition.

I sincerely thank our investors, board members, partners, and 
stakeholders for their unwavering support and commitment; and 
especially the women and men who continue to contribute to the 
business’s success. I would like to thank each and every one of 
them for their dedication, resilience and loyalty. They know that 
we are #cruising nicely!

Dr Nombasa Tsengwa
CEO
10 April 2024

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our strategy

Our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy is a comprehensive, stakeholder-inclusive plan, 
laying the foundation for a resilient and sustainable future for our business to continue creating 
and preserving value. We are determined to play an active role in creating a future that enables 
our vision: resources powering a clean world.  

Our approach transforms our business cautiously and effectively, developing into a diversified 
company poised to thrive in and contribute to a low-carbon future. We commit to responsible 
operations, prioritising material ESG areas, and adhering to compliance standards. 

In 2023, we further refined and consolidated our strategy in response to the rapidly changing macro-economic environment, leveraging 
short-term opportunities while remaining steadfast in achieving our long-term strategic objectives.

Our strategic objectives

Transition at speed and scale
Transition our business with measured urgency given the growing need for the low-carbon transition. We will do this while creating 
positive social impact. We will leverage our innovation, organisational intelligence and learning culture to navigate this transition

Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive
Enhance focus on our core delivery areas, minerals and energy, by increasing our footprint in these areas, divesting of non-robust assets 
and ensuring continued operational and digital excellence

Empower people to create impact
Ensure our people and partners have the capabilities, mindset, environment and passion to achieve our purpose

Be carbon neutral by 2050
Reduce our carbon footprint and become carbon neutral by 2050. We will achieve this through our focused portfolio decarbonisation 
and social impact initiatives

Become a catalyst for economic growth and environmental stewardship
Positively impact our ecosystem during and after our operations in minerals and energy, building community projects and businesses 
into investable impact programmes, which can lead to sustainable, scalable economic upliftment and prosperity, independent of our 
continued operations in these environments

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

47

Our strategy continued

Our strategy unpacked

We intend to deliver our long-term 
strategic objectives by aligning our 
resources to the following priorities:
• Delivering value in existing coal 

assets

• Growing our energy solutions 

business

• Diversifying our portfolio to include 
minerals that support a low-carbon 
world

We leverage our strengths and 
capabilities, which include:
• Experience in mining bulk 

commodities

• Strength of our balance sheet
• Effective technical and commercial 

due diligence

• Efficient business integration
• Expertise in energy

We will enable the execution of our 
strategy over  the next five years using:
• Clear targets
• A robust capital allocation model
• Rigorous performance tracking
• Accountability
• Cultivation of necessary skills and a 

culture of execution

Capital allocation 
Our ambition to be a diversified carbon-neutral minerals company with a significant energy business will be realised through effective capital 
allocation. Our capital allocation model enables us to continue delivering shareholder value and create a sustainable, resilient and robust 
enterprise that can withstand dynamic markets shifts, and grow our minerals and energy businesses while fully understanding their 
associated risks and rewards. The model ensures strategic decision making between competing business investment interests and alignment 
with our strategic intent.

To ensure we embed disciplined and data-driven capital allocation aligned to our enterprise ambition, we use the following criteria:
1. Strategic fit: metrics that evaluate financial and market performance, capability alignment, ESG performance and diversification of 

product, geography and customers 

2. Pacing: prioritising timing of investment decisions and considering factors such as time to earnings, organisational readiness and 

stakeholder considerations to ensure timeous value realisation 

Our capital excellence programme demonstrates our vigilance to optimising how we use our financial resources to create sustainable value. 
Robust capital allocation is informed by our enterprise KPIs: 
• Growth in minerals earnings
• Decarbonisation of portfolio
• ROCE
• Growth in energy generation
• ESG and licence to operate

Timeframes
We will execute our strategy in phases, with clear outcomes for each focus area.

A mining business 
with interests in coal, 
iron ore, base metals 
and energy

A coal-based mining 
company diversifying 
towards future-facing 
minerals, with energy 
capabilities

A diversified mining 
company focused on 
future-facing minerals, 
with energy capabilities

A diverse carbon-
neutral minerals 
company, with a 
significant energy 
business

• New income streams 

introduced

• Minerals contributing 
30% coal EBITDA

• Acquisitive and 
organic growth

• Impactful business

• Minerals contributing 
50% coal EBITDA

• Becoming a strong 

business with diverse 
income streams

• 1.6GW (net) renewable 

energy

• Acquisitive and 
organic growth

Accountability
We implement our strategy in three tiers of accountability:
• Tier 1 board: establish vision, mission and set direction of the business
• Tier 2 executive management: apply approved strategy into business plans
• Tier 3 executive business units (BUs): translate business plans into detailed execution plans

48

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our energy business
To be a leading international energy solutions provider by 2030

Wind and solar energy
• A significant contributor of energy solutions (renewable assets and services)
• Servicing the public and private sectors in South African and other markets
• Focus on three energy areas:

– Distributed generation: Our growth in energy will be internally led by providing our existing operations with self-generation. We 

have two large windfarms and micro-grids in operation, and the LSP under construction. We will then look to providing generation 
for customers in mining and select markets

– Utility generation: We intend to provide utility generation in select markets. We will determine markets for focus through selection 

criteria

– Services: We will build our energy services business by growing our existing energy business and augmenting our generation 

business. We will also offer asset management, energy management, digital services and virtual power

Why
• Transition Exxaro to a carbon-neutral future as a start
• Provide diversification and long-term sustainability to 

Exxaro’s cash flow, including providing cost-competitive 
energy solutions

How
• Leverage Exxaro’s advantage, which includes our internal energy 
requirements, a healthy balance sheet, resource evaluation skills, 
excellence in project management and optimisation, and experience 
in the project lifecycle

• Become a prominent player and contributor to energy 

• Invest in energy with an acceptable risk profile targeting a portfolio 

security in South Africa

return of 15% equity internal rate of return over time

• Strategic acquisition of skill and market entries to grow at scale
• Partnering to improve skills, credibility and growth

Competitive advantage
• Renewable pedigree and scale: We are a significant independent power producer in South Africa and have had exposure to the 

energy industry since 2009

• Strong Exxaro brand: Includes a strong balance sheet to back this new strategic pillar
• Adjacency advantage: All our operations require decarbonisation. Operations are often located in clusters with other mining peers 

also requiring solutions

• Partnerships: We have formed partnerships that enable growth and contribute key offtake opportunities

Our minerals business
To supply minerals that power a clean world and provide our shareholders with superior returns while driving decarbonisation ambitions

Coal
Our coal business continues to deliver value for Exxaro and is 
key in providing South Africa’s primary source of energy.

New minerals
Diversify into new mineral assets that are vital to a low-carbon 
future, eg manganese, copper and bauxite, among others.  

Why
We believe that the coal assets under our care do not belong 
to us. Therefore, we have a responsibility to manage them 
appropriately.

To do this, we must ensure that, on our way to a low-carbon 
future, we do not leave high-value assets sterilised and 
stranded.

How
• Ensure a robust coal asset portfolio, which includes 

divestment from resources that do not suit our future 
portfolio

• Optimise our market to resource capability
• Digitalise our operations with a focus on value creation
• Optimise capital deployment, supported by our capital 

excellence programme

• Minimise emissions at our existing operations

Why
• A business that thrives in a low-carbon future
• Diversify revenue for Exxaro’s growth
• Clearly defined investment supporting the right 

opportunities

• Balance sheet and mining capabilities provide a competitive 

advantage

How
• Exxaro has developed a minerals business approach that 

enables a just transition to a low-carbon world while 
leveraging our core competencies in bulk commodity mining 
and logistics

• Robust screening criteria enable us to continuously review 
and identify the minerals we should be focusing on for our 
future growth

Competitive advantage
• Specialised skills: We have roots as a diversified miner with recognised specialised skills in mining. This includes open-pit and bulk 

commodity experience, base metals, mineral sands and industrial minerals. This allows efficient and effective evaluation of potential 
growth opportunities

• Project execution excellence: Through expansion and greenfield successes, delivering digital innovation through our Digital@Exxaro 

strategy and continued operational excellence from our high-performing coal operations

• Recognised for our ESG performance, brand and culture

We unpack our progress against delivering on our strategy on the following pages.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

49

Performance against our strategy and 
outlook
We are gaining momentum as we transition to our new strategy. We have set 
clear and ambitious objectives to progressively incorporate our Sustainable 
Growth and Impact strategy into our operations. 

To measure and manage our performance over time, we have identified specific KPIs that were selected by considering our past KPIs, 
representing the various aspects of value creation we affect and our future objectives. The resulting indicators are refined and designed to 
monitor our momentum towards our strategy while catalysing discussion and analysis within our organisation. Furthermore, they ensure we 
address our previous ESG commitments and enable the achievement of these ambitious goals. 

Our KPIs are grouped per capital and incorporated in the tables below in relation to how their continued availability, quality and affordability 
impact specific strategic objectives. 

Key

Description

Trend

Description

REM-S

Linked to remuneration (STI)

REM-L

Linked to remuneration (long-term incentive)

Deteriorated

Improved

Unchanged

Transition at speed and scale

Why it matters

Performance overview

The shift towards a low-carbon economy is imperative 
due to the growing demands for climate change 
mitigation. As a business, it is essential to approach 
this transition with a balanced sense of urgency to stay 
ahead of the curve while ensuring that the shift is 
sustainable and generates a positive societal impact.

Material themes

SDGs impacted

• Reached financial close for the LSP, supplying 68MW to our Grootegeluk 

mine via a 25-year power purchase agreement

• Continued development of energy solutions, especially in Mpumalanga, to 

enable a just energy transition

• Actively reviewed, assessed and evaluated mineral opportunities aligned 

with our strategy and, where applicable, meaningfully engaged in 
investment processes

• Continued adhering to our robust capital allocation model

Continued availability, quality and affordability of capitals driving our strategy

Exxaro's strategy is firmly rooted in managing our capitals to support sustainability and growth. By optimising our coal assets and 
advancing into other minerals and energy, we are securing financial capital and investing in our future capabilities. Our performance 
indicators — EBITDA from new minerals, EBITDA contribution from Cennergi and installed energy generation capacity — are milestones 
towards our 2026 and 2050 targets. These targets reflect our commitment to transitioning at speed and scale while securing the 
availability of financial capital now and in the future to support sustainable value creation in a dynamic energy market.

Measuring related capital inputs

Performance indicator
EBITDA contribution from new minerals (%)REM-S

Target

Performance

2026 
(short 
term)

30

2030 
(medium 
term)

2023

2022

2021

Trend

50

0

0

N/A

Financial capital

Installed generation capacity (MW net)

780  

1 600 

229

229  

229 

Related trade-offs
Balancing the adverse environmental impact of coal with the need to support South Africa’s socio-economic 
development
In our pursuit to transition to a low-carbon model rapidly and responsibly, we recognise the current socio-economic reliance on coal in 
South Africa. While we accelerate our transition, we remain committed to supporting the nation's development, ensuring a responsible 
shift that considers both the environmental impacts and the immediate energy needs of the society. This alignment is crucial as we 
strive to create a positive social impact and lead by example in the just energy transition.

Looking 
forward

We aim to transition at speed and scale but not at all costs. Our investments in minerals and energy will be 
governed by our prudent capital allocation framework and rigorous investment criteria, positioning our 
portfolio within our desired risk-adjusted return levels.

50

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
  
  
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Make our minerals and energy businesses thrive

Why it matters

Performance overview

Intensifying our focus on core delivery areas, specifically minerals 
and energy, is crucial for future growth and sustainability. By 
expanding our presence in these sectors, we can capitalise on the 
burgeoning opportunities within the green economy. 
Simultaneously, strategically divesting from assets not meeting 
our robust criteria will streamline our portfolio and free up 
resources to be reinvested into new minerals.

Material themes

SDGs impacted

• Concluded a capital excellence programme to improve our 

capital project delivery and enhance value

• Continued efforts to create cost-effective logistics solutions
• Rolled out marketing initiatives that led to exceptional 

performance on export price realisation

• Initiated a sales process for our FerroAlloys business

Continued availability, quality and affordability of capitals driving our strategy

The sustained success of our minerals and energy segments is deeply intertwined with the continuous availability of manufactured and 
financial capital. By meeting our targets for coal exports, we exhibit our competence in managing our physical assets efficiently and 
effectively. Financially, our strong EBITDA margin, ROCE and solvency ratio are testaments to our sound strategic decision making and 
operational excellence. 

Measuring related capital inputs

Performance indicator

Manufactured capital Coal product (Mt)

EBITDA margin (managed 
operations) (%)REM-S

Financial capital

ROCE (%)REM-L

Target

Performance

2026
(short term)

2030
(medium 
term)

2023

2022

2021

Trend

45

29

20

50

42.5

43.1

42.5

29

20

35

35

41

45

33

36

Solvency ratio (times)

2 to 3

2 to 3

3.5

3.3

3.0

Related trade-offs

Balancing capital allocation with our growth areas

Our approach to capital allocation is agile and an integral component of our strategy creation and delivery. Our capital allocation process 
is supported by governance that supports disciplined and unbiased decision making aligned with our portfolio ambition.

Our strategic objectives and their metrics (which include stringent financial return metrics for each growth area) will continue to guide 
capital allocation so that we objectively assess strategic trade-offs related to capital allocation.

Looking 
forward

We aim to optimise value creation from our coal business while diversifying into a resilient new minerals 
business and growing our energy business to achieve our goal to become carbon neutral by 2050.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

51

 
 
  
Performance against our strategy and outlook continued

Empower people to create impact

Why it matters

Performance overview

The true strength of our organisation lies in the collective 
capabilities and dedication of our people and partners. By 
empowering them with the necessary skills and fostering a 
culture of innovation and accountability, we position ourselves to 
make significant strides towards our goals. This empowerment is 
about reaching organisational objectives and amplifying our 
collective contribution to society and the economy, ensuring our 
work resonates with purpose and leads to lasting positive change.

Material themes

SDGs impacted

• Embarked on an organisational effectiveness initiative to 
improve the overall effectiveness across the business, 
enhancing the impact of our people

• Launched a comprehensive DEI strategy to increase the 

participation of women, youth and people living with disabilities

Continued availability, quality and affordability of capitals driving our strategy

We understand that our people are essential to our ongoing ability to innovate, operate efficiently, and respond to the dynamic needs of 
the market and society. By investing in our human capital, we are investing in a sustainable future and fostering an environment where 
our organisation and employees can thrive and generate enduring value. Our dedication extends to nurturing social and relationship 
capital, critical to our licence to operate, reflected, in part, by our B-BBEE contribution level. Achieving targets like zero fatalities, low 
LTIFR and OHIFR rates underscores our commitment to wellbeing and development. These efforts ensure we maintain a skilled, 
motivated workforce and robust community relations, essential for driving sustainable value creation aligned with our strategic mission.

Measuring related capital inputs

Human capital

Performance indicator

FatalitiesREM-S

LTIFRREM-S

OHIFR  

Social and relationship 
capital

B-BBEE contribution level

Target

Performance

2026
(short term)

2030
(medium 
term)

2023

2022

2021

Trend

0

0.02

0.06

1

0

0

1

0

0.01

0.07

0.05

0.08

0.02

0.15

0.16

0.16

1

2

3

2

Related trade-offs

Balancing operational focus and the need for diversification 

As a business transitioning towards a carbon-neutral portfolio by 2050, we recognise that portfolio diversification is essential in 
balancing risk and reward across multiple time horizons. 

Our operating coal business remains a crucial source of capital to support this transition, and managing this business optimally while 
motivating our workforce is essential in achieving our ambition. We enable this through balanced performance scorecards at all levels of 
the business, clear alignment of strategic goals, and candid conversations led by our CEO and executive team.

Looking 
forward

We will continuously develop our people, processes and platforms to ensure we build on our learning 
culture, enhance our organisational effectiveness and achieve our strategic objectives.

52

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
  
  
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Be carbon neutral by 2050

Why it matters

Performance overview

Achieving carbon neutrality by 2050 is a critical target that 
reflects our commitment to environmental stewardship and 
sustainable development. By actively reducing our carbon 
footprint, we are contributing to the global effort to mitigate the 
impacts of climate change. This ambitious goal will be realised 
through the strategic decarbonisation of our portfolio and by 
integrating social impact initiatives that promote environmental 
responsibility. The drive towards carbon neutrality prepares us for 
a future of stricter environmental regulations and positions us as 
a leader in sustainable practices. Our dedication to this cause 
demonstrates to stakeholders, including customers, investors, 
and employees, that our operations align with broader societal 
values of preservation and responsibility towards our planet.

Material themes

SDGs impacted

• Development of our decarbonisation roadmap is at an 

advanced stage 

• Financial close reached, and sod turning ceremony held for our 
68MW solar self-generation project to supply Grootegeluk, 
while more projects are under development

• Signed a memorandum of understanding with the Council for 

Geoscience to partner on research and development related to 
carbon capture, utilisation and storage – technology critical for 
decarbonisation

Continued availability, quality and affordability of capitals driving our strategy

Our strategic reliance on natural capital underpins our ability to provide critical resources for a low-carbon world. However, the volatility 
of climate patterns threatens the quality, affordability and accessibility of the resources we rely on and could jeopardise our operational 
continuity and the communities we serve. Recognising this, our commitment to carbon neutrality by 2050 is underpinned by KPIs 
tracking carbon intensity across scopes 1 and 2 and reducing our energy intensity. These indicators do not just measure but actively 
guide our efforts towards portfolio decarbonisation and underscore our determination to diminish our carbon footprint.

Measuring related capital inputs

Performance indicator

Absolute emissions 
(ktCO2e)

Natural capital

Target

Performance

2026
(medium term)

2050
(long term)

2023

2022

2021

Trend

40% reduction in scope 1 
and 2 emissions 
(579ktCO2e)  

Carbon 
neutrality

953 (2% 
reduction)

971

994

Energy intensity (GJ/kt)REM-S

30

30

28

30

29

Related trade-offs

Balancing our growth ambitions with our carbon-neutral targets while appreciating that absolute carbon (total 
emissions) might increase with acquisitions

As we aim for carbon neutrality by 2050, our growth strategy includes acquisitions that may temporarily raise our carbon footprint. 
However, each potential acquisition is assessed in relation to our broader decarbonisation goals. This approach is central to our strategy, 
ensuring that growth does not compromise our commitment to becoming carbon neutral. 

Key measures related to carbon intensity and emissions are included in our strategic performance metrics and will be a crucial tool for 
evaluating and balancing trade-offs pertaining to growth. A key role of our decarbonisation roadmap is to give us a better understanding 
of future scenarios and projections for our business. This will provide us with further clarity on potential shortfalls and opportunities.

Looking 
forward

Our key focus in the short term will be to reduce our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions and carbon tax liability 
through additional energy efficiency projects, implementation of nature-based solutions, energy and other 
initiatives. We will also leverage and operationalise strategic partnerships to achieve our decarbonisation 
objectives.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

53

 
  
Performance against our strategy and outlook continued

Become a catalyst for economic growth and environmental stewardship

Why it matters

Performance overview

Our role in fostering economic growth and championing 
environmental conservation is pivotal. We can generate a 
positive ripple effect beyond our operational lifespan through our 
involvement in the minerals and energy sectors. By initiating and 
nurturing community projects and businesses, we serve as a 
driving force for long-term, self-sustaining development that 
benefits local economies and ecosystems alike. These impact 
programmes are designed to deliver immediate benefits and lay 
the groundwork for ongoing prosperity that does not solely rely 
on our presence. This approach underscores our vision of leaving 
a legacy of empowerment and ecological balance, ensuring that 
the progress and wellbeing of communities endure alongside 
environmental integrity.

Material themes

SDGs impacted

• Prioritised energy and water efficiency projects
• With an overall FTSE Russel ESG score of 3.9, Exxaro continues 
the trend of leading our global industry peers over the past five 
years. This score is underpinned by our exceptional 
environmental initiatives and stronger governance/disclosure 
initiatives relative to our global peers

• Exxaro’s B-BBEE performance remains exceptional, with an 

overall score of 95.52, with 5.51 surplus points attributable to 
increases across all five categories

• Increased efforts in our minerals succession programme to 
focus on capacitating and/or training farmers and enabling 
market access; targeting black emerging farmers with 
appropriate strategic partnerships for skills transfer

• Since 2018, Exxaro has supported 118 SMMEs, with a financial/

operational sustainability rate of over 99% compared to 
national levels of approximately 10%

• Kicked off an early childhood development (ECD)/school 
readiness programme focusing on training teachers and 
resourcing ECD centres

Continued availability, quality and affordability of capitals driving our strategy

Our strategy for catalysing economic growth and upholding environmental stewardship revolves around the prudent utilisation of our 
natural capital and fortifying our social and relationship capital. Through the reduction of environmental incidents, ensuring 
responsible water usage and engaging with external feedback, we are not only preserving natural resources but also ensuring their 
ongoing availability and quality. At the same time, we are dedicated to catalysing economic growth by enhancing agricultural 
productivity and scaling up support for SMMEs, which invigorates local economies and fosters community resilience. Our ECD 
programme underpins our investment in early education, vital for nurturing the next generation. These integrated actions underscore 
our commitment to maintaining robust social ties, investing in the workforce of the future and driving sustainable development, all of 
which secure our social licence to operate and contribute to long-term value creation.

Measuring related capital inputs

Target

Performance

Performance indicator

2026
(short 
term)

2030
(medium 
term)

2023

2022

2021

Trend

Crop yield to market (tonnes)

13 000

15 000  

10 011   

5 600   

5 651 

Social and 
relationship 
capital

Financially sustainable 
SMMEs supported

ECD school readiness (%)

207

 90% 

295  

 90% 

118 

n/a*

105

n/a*

79

n/a*

Reportable environmental 
incidents (levels 2 and 3)

0 level 2s
0 level 3s

0 level 2s
0 level 3s

1 level 2s
0 level 3s

0 level 2s
0 level 3s

6 level 2s
0 level 3s

Natural capital

Water intensity (kL/tonne 
RoM)REM-S
FTSE Russel RatingREM-L

0.180

0.180

0.105

0.150

0.149

4

4

3.9

4

3.7

*   The ECD programme was launched in 2023, so there is no data for 2021 to 2023.

Related trade-offs

Balancing short-term business performance against long-term ambition

Our scenario and risk modelling process highlights a potential global recession scenario and the implications this will have on our 
business in the short term. Reducing coal prices and increasing inflation and energy costs will result in lower margins unless stringent 
cost optimisation is undertaken.

In navigating these challenges, we must maintain our focus on short-term resilience while investing in long-term strategic research 
and development. This delicate balance supports our aim to catalyse economic growth and environmental stewardship, steering 
towards sustainable and scalable impact programmes that will last beyond our operations. Our portfolio approach towards resource 
allocation guides us as we manage this tension.

Looking 
forward

We aim to integrate and embed ESG further within Exxaro and progress our industry-leading ESG performance towards 
delivering sustainable impact at scale. Skills development remains an important aspect to improve our B-BBEE 
performance. ECD in our communities will be a new focus area to ensure improved school readiness of young children.

54

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
  
  
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Building 
resilience 
through 
governance

Good governance is essential 
to our ability to create value. 
By prioritising transparency, 
accountability and integrity, 
we develop strategies that 
generate and preserve value 
while safeguarding from value 
erosion. This proactive stance 
aims to ensure that every 
decision is a step towards 
reinforcing stakeholder trust 
and powering a more 
sustainable future.

56 Our leadership

61 Summarised governance report

81 Combined assurance for effective 

governance

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

55

Our leadership
The board provides effective ethical leadership and strategic direction while 
balancing the company’s interests as a responsible corporate citizen with 
stakeholders’ legitimate needs and expectations, within a framework of 
principled governance. For the year in review, we are proud to present the 
following board members:

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Chairperson

Member

Board

Nomination committee

Audit committee

RBR committee

Audit committee

RBR committee

Investment committee

Remuneration committee

Investment committee

Remuneration committee

Logistics committee

SERC

Logistics committee

Social, ethics and responsibility 
committee (SERC)

Nomination committee

1. Mvuleni Geoffrey 
Qhena (58)
Board chairperson and independent 
non-executive director 

2. Dr Nombasa 
Tsengwa (59)
CEO and executive committee 
chairperson

3. Riaan Koppeschaar 
(53)
Finance director

Executive director since July 2016

4. Geraldine Fraser-
Moleketi (63)
Lead independent non-executive 
director 

5. Karin Ireton (68)
Independent non-executive 
director 

Director since 7 February 2022

Director since 19 April 2021 and 
board chairperson since 27 May 
2021

Executive director since 16 March 
2021

Director since 18 May 2018

11. Chanda Nxumalo 
(40)
Independent non-executive 
director 

Director since 1 February 2021

12. Peet Snyders (63)
Independent non-executive 
director

Director since 1 July 2016

13. Isaac Malevu (50)
Non-executive director 

Director since 22 June 2021

14. Likhapha Mbatha 
(69)
Non-executive director 

15. Mandlesilo 
Msimang (47)
Non-executive director

Director since 6 March 2018

Director since 15 March 2021

6. Ben Magara (56)
Independent non-executive 
director 

7. Billy Mawasha (45)
Independent non-executive 
director

Director since 7 February 2022

Director since 7 February 2022

8. Nondumiso 
Medupe (53)
Independent non-executive 
director 

9. Dr Phumla 
Mnganga (55)
Independent non-executive 
director 

10. Nosipho Molope 
(59)
Independent non-executive 
director

Director since 3 January 2023

Director since 7 February 2022

Appointed 3 January 2024

16. Zwelibanzi 
Mntambo (66)
Non-executive director 

Director since 28 November 2006

Board nominees for the upcoming 23rd AGM

In accordance with the company’s memorandum of incorporation (MoI), one-third of the non-executive 
directors are subject to retirement by rotation and re-election by shareholders annually. Eligible directors 
may offer themselves for re-election.

Furthermore, in accordance with our MoI, Likhapha Mbatha, who has reached the director retirement age, will 
retire by rotation at the 23rd AGM to be held on 23 May 2024.

As per our board charter and director nomination and appointment policy, the nomination committee has 
reviewed the composition, gender and racial balance of the board and evaluated the independence (where 
applicable), performance and contribution of the directors listed below, as well as their individual knowledge, 
skills and experience.  The board will propose to shareholders the following directors for election and re-
election at the upcoming AGM:

Re-election

Mvuleni Geoffrey 
Qhena 

Independent non-executive director and chairperson 
of the board

Mandlesilo 
Msimang

Non-executive director

Election

Nosipho Molope

Independent non-executive director

Appointed

19 April 2021

15 March 2021

Appointed

3 January 2024

 The ESG report includes details on the board’s composition, diversity and experience (page 134).

56

 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 

57

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
Our leadership continued

Independence (%)

Racial diversity (%)

l Independent l Non-executive directors l Executive directors

l African l Coloured l White

Gender diversity (%)

Racial diversity year on year (%)

l Women l Men

Gender diversity year on year (%)

l African l White

Age diversity: Number of directors (16) 

l 2021 l 2022 l 2023

Average age per year

Non-executive director tenure

58

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

396147535644FemaleMale5954555620202021202220237882812218192021202220230475030 to 39 years40 to 49 years50 to 5960 to 69 years70 years and older552110 to 2 years3 to 4 years5 to 6 years7 to 9 years>9 years622513564475619Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our executive team

We have conviction in Exxaro’s Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy. 
We are on the right path and focus is critical.

The ESG report includes details on our executive committee (page 139).

Dr Nombasa Tsengwa (59)
CEO

Executive director
Energy
Executive committee

Riaan Koppeschaar (53)
Finance director

Kgabi Masia (48)
Chief coal operations officer

Leon Groenewald (57)
Managing director: energy

Mongezi Veti (60)
Chief sustainable impact 
officer

Johan Meyer (55)
Chief technology officer

Andiswa Ndoni (56)
Group company secretary 
(ex officio)
Chief strategic resilience and 
governance officer

Joseph Rock (54)
Chief people and 
performance officer

Richard Lilleike (51)
Chief growth officer

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

59

Our leadership continued

Executive age diversity (an average age of 55)

Executive gender diversity (%)

Executive race diversity (%)

l Female l Male

Executive tenure at Exxaro

l African l White

60

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

56442278017130 to 39 years40 to 49 years50 to 59 years60 to 63 years4320 to 10 years11 to 20 years21 to 30 yearsOur 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Summarised governance report
The Exxaro board applies good corporate governance to ensure an ethical 
culture, safeguard human rights, and support sustainable growth while 
transitioning to a low-carbon world.

Exxaro’s board is the focal point and custodian of good corporate governance for the group. The board assumes ultimate accountability and 
responsibility for the group’s performance and affairs. In so doing, it effectively represents and promotes the group’s legitimate interests. As 
a responsible corporate citizen, Exxaro considers its material stakeholders’ legitimate interests and expectations to ensure it contributes 
positively to society and the environment.

Exxaro’s corporate governance is underpinned by principles that guide the board in meeting its responsibilities to the company, the group 
and its stakeholders. These principles enable the company to achieve the King IV governance outcomes and fulfil its purpose to power better 
lives in Africa and beyond through its own ethical and effective leadership.

King IV promotes good governance, transparency in leadership and decision making, and a focus on sustainability. Sustainable development 
is an ethical and economic imperative. It entails economic and social growth to meet present needs without compromising the ability to fulfil 
the needs of future generations. Sustainable development is a fitting response to organisations being an integral part of society, their status 
as corporate citizens and meeting stakeholders’ needs, interests and expectations. Exxaro expresses its commitment to sustainable 
development through its Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy.

In line with King IV’s recommendation to apply and explain how Exxaro practices good governance, we include our detailed King IV 
application register in the databook, which sets out each principle with an explanation of steps taken, policies and processes. Our 
corporate governance reporting is similarly structured under the four desired King IV governance outcomes of:

Ethical
culture

Performance and
value creation

Adequate and
effective control

Trust, good 
reputation
and legitimacy

Material themes in focus
The following material themes received focused attention in 2023: 

 Adapting to a changing context

 Responsible environmental stewardship

 Building sustainable communities

 Helping our people thrive

 Executing our strategy

 Driving business resilience

 Principled governance

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

61

Board key matters in focus 

Transitioning strategic direction
As sustained value creation is founded on good governance and 
responsiveness to significant social and environmental challenges, 
we continuously monitor and assess our strategy and formally 
present to the board for approval at least once a year.

The board considered progress, timing and scenario considerations 
related to the execution of the Sustainable Growth and Impact 
strategy. The board also approved the consolidated ESG framework 
as a lens through which to view the Sustainable Growth and 
Impact strategy.

As part of the strategy development and review process, we 
conduct a risk and opportunity assessment, including emerging 
risks and material sustainability issues. Our top five risks for 2023 
and the key events we anticipate may impact on our ability to 
achieve our strategic imperatives for 2024:

2023 top risks

2024 key events

Unavailability of rail capacity

Unavailability of rail capacity

Key dependency on Eskom as a 
key customer

Not achieving growth 
objectives

Cybersecurity attack impacting 
business

 Fatal risk incidents

Fatal risk incidents

Cybersecurity attack impacting 
business

Not achieving growth 
objectives

Country risk 

Coal mine dust class action
On 23 November 2023, coal mine dust class action litigation was 
launched against Exxaro. The action relates to mineworkers who 
contracted coal mine dust lung disease in the form of 
pneumoconiosis caused by exposure to coal mine dust at various 
Exxaro mines, as well as dependants of those mineworkers who 
have died and whose deaths were probably attributable to coal 
mine dust disease.

Exxaro takes its health and safety obligations seriously and is 
investigating the facts pertaining to the class action. Our 
management team continuously works on addressing risks and 
ensuring preventive measures are properly implemented to 
address the potential of any novice occupational health diseases 
at Exxaro.

Managing rail risk
In response to Exxaro’s top risks for the past two years and the 
possible impact on our sustainable growth, the board established a 
non-remunerative ad hoc board logistics committee early in 2023 
to monitor and report to the board on:
• The development of long-term solutions for logistics access to 

international markets

• The identification of medium-term solutions and alternatives and 

related matters

Based on the longer-term nature of logistical challenges within the 
industry and, on recommendation from the nomination committee, 
the board approved this committee as a standing board committee.

Members

Categorisation

Zwelibanzi Mntambo

Ben Magara

Committee chairperson, non-executive 
director
Independent non-executive director

Dr Phumla Mnganga

Independent non-executive director

Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena Independent non-executive director

Peet Snyders

Independent non-executive director

Climate change response
We believe our greatest opportunity is to help steer South Africa 
towards a sustainable future by focusing on low-carbon minerals 
and energy with the goal to be carbon neutral by 2050. The board 
goes beyond compliance and responds to climate change through 
its commitment to mitigating the impact of climate change with a 
robust Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy.

The board oversees climate-related impacts, risks and 
opportunities. These are mainly included in the SERC and RBR 
committee terms of reference and annual work plans.

Climate change adaptation and resilience (page 111) 

Climate Change Response strategy report (investor tab 
under integrated reports 2020)

ESG governance
Exxaro works to integrate and embed ESG into the organisation 
beyond mere compliance using a tiered governance structure and 
lens through which to view the Sustainable Growth and Impact 
strategy. The board sets the ultimate direction for sustainability 
considerations, including committee and individual responsibilities 
for overseeing sustainability-related impacts, risks and 
opportunities by ensuring these are reflected in board and 
committee terms of reference, annual work plans and other 
relevant policies and processes. 

The board therefore sets our strategy and sustainable growth 
performance targets which include ESG matters, while our 
executive team manages and monitors ESG risk and impact, 
supported by management and various management committees. 
Our management ESG steering committee supports the executive 
team in ensuring the integration of decarbonisation and other 
critical ESG factors. 

In addition to Exxaro’s ESG commitments and climate change 
position statement, the ESG steering committee is responsible for 
developing and reviewing an ESG framework policy for approval by 
the board. Other policies supporting our ESG focus are referenced 
throughout this report. In addition to policies and to highlight the 
importance of ESG in everything we do, all reports submitted to our 
board, its committees and executive committee require 
management to reflect on strategy and financial implications and 
provide directors with a risk analysis of major risks applicable to the 
matter and its ESG implications.

For more on our tiered ESG governance structure reflecting 
management roles and responsibilities, see our ESG report 
(pages 117 to 119) for the distribution of ESG matters among 
our board committees.

62

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Governance roadshow 2023
We held an annual governance roadshow for our domestic equity 
shareholders from 4 to 6 September 2023. A series of nine-hour-
long meetings was held with shareholders. Key issues included our 
strategy and capital allocation; our response to the proposed 
resolution on climate change lobbying; and clarification of 
remuneration structures and practices. The board is committed 
to keeping shareholders informed on our progress in 
addressing these.

Board diversity and independence
In terms of our directors’ nomination and appointment policy and 
King IV, we annually review the structure, size and composition 
(including the skills, knowledge and experience) of the board and 
board committees. The following directors were appointed:

Independent non-executive directors

Appointed

Nondumiso Medupe

Nosipho Molope

3 January 2023

3 January 2024

Changes to the board:
• Vuyisa Nkonyeni and Isaac Mophatlane, both independent non-
executive directors, retired at the 2023 AGM. Vuyisa retired as 
chairperson of the audit committee and member of the 
investment committee. Isaac retired as chairperson of the 
investment committee and member of the audit committee and 
SERC. The board extended its gratitude for their valuable 
contributions

• Nondumiso Medupe’s appointment as independent non-

executive director and audit committee member (effective 
3 January 2023) was approved by shareholders at the 
2023 AGM

• Nosipho Molope was appointed as an independent non-executive 
director to the company and member of the audit committee and 
SERC effective 3 January 2024. Nosipho’s appointment will be 
submitted for shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM

• Likhapha Mbatha, who has reached the director retirement age, 

will retire by rotation at the 23rd AGM to be held on 
23 May 2024

Board composition, diversity and experience (ESG report, 
page 134)

Innovation@Exxaro 
Underpinning Exxaro’s strategic objectives is our drive to enhance 
our business resilience through safe production, delivering financial 
results, effective capital allocation, compliance excellence, 
entrenching innovation and capitalising on digitalisation. Innovation 
and digitalisation are part of Exxaro’s culture in driving business 
resilience and helping our people thrive. 

The following digital enablers are highlighted: 
• Through our Digital@Exxaro strategy, we enabled value-driven 

intelligent integration of our value chain to deliver near real-time 
optimisation of our operations and implemented several 
initiatives 

• To foster innovation and meet the varying needs of end-users, 
we adopted a systems approach and identified priority areas to 
develop a range of optimised energy solutions and drive energy 
innovation

• Exxaro applies a cloud-based digital sourcing solution that allows 

suppliers to access the solution to receive and respond to 
tenders, requests for quotes or purchase orders; create and 
submit invoices and timesheets; and generally receive contracts 
for electronic signature

• Annual declaration of conflicts of interest are done by directors 
and employees electronically, which has been expanded to  
include consultants and contractors

• We execute our purpose of powering better lives through our 

learning management platforms, which include MyNexxt and a 
community development platform, Powering Knowledge

We continue increasing our competencies across mining and 
energy. Through our growing competence in innovation, we have 
built multiple products and capabilities across our business that 
position us to meet our energy business targets. 

Driving innovation and information management (page 95)

Adapting to a changing context
We assessed the increased probability of sanctions against South 
Africa and the impact on the financial stability of the country,  
exacerbated by existing risks such as grey listing and higher 
interest rates, among others. This matter received focused 
attention during our second annual board governance session, with 
the theme of “adapting to a changing context: South Africa macro-
security and grey listing”. These risks are continuously monitored 
after being analysed to determine their impact on Exxaro and were 
presented to the RBR committee and the board.

Focused governance sessions
The board conducts two annual, fixed, governance-related 
intervention sessions, to which the executive leadership is also 
invited. These sessions are an opportunity to provide directors with 
a deeper understanding of corporate governance matters, including 
an opportunity to focus on new regulations or amendments to the 
regulatory environment within which Exxaro operates. These 
sessions are included in the annual corporate calendar to ensure 
maximum attendance by directors.

Board governance session themes for 2023

April

October

Responsible environmental stewardship: Directors’ ESG oversight role

Adapting to a changing context: South Africa macro-security and grey listing

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

63

Board key matters in focus continued

Governance in action
The below outlines the board’s quarterly progress in addressing our material themes to achieve our governance outcomes: 

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

Quarter 4

Material themes

• First quarterly meeting
• 2022 financial results 

presentation

• Second quarterly meeting
• Annual strategy sessions with 
executive and management

• First governance session 
focusing on responsible 
environmental stewardship
• Visit to Cennergi windfarms
• 2023 sustainability summit
• Finance director’s pre-close 

briefing

• Hybrid AGM held
• Stakeholder engagement days

• Third quarterly meeting
• 2023 interim financial results 

presentation

• Second annual  governance 

session focusing on adapting to 
a changing context 

• Annual governance roadshow

• Fourth quarterly meeting

Safety moment and reporting

Safety moment and reporting

• Safety moment and reporting
• Safety indabas at all coal 

• Safety moment and reporting
• Safety indabas at our two 

operations and mines in closure

Cennergi windfarms

Annual conflict of interest 
declaration and assessment by 
directors, prescribed officers, 
employees and contractors

Obtained AGM shareholder 
approval through the non-binding 
advisory vote on the remuneration 
policy and its implementation

Approved the terms of reference 
for the logistics committee

• Conducted annual board 

assessments

• Approved the group year-end 
financial results and  IFRS 
announcement

• Considered the going concern 
assessment and approved the 
solvency and liquidity assessment 
for distribution to shareholders

Considered an energy blackout 
crisis management plan and 
guidelines in the unlikely event of a 
total grid collapse, which includes 
procedures for emergency 
evacuation

• Considered the going concern 
assessment and approved the 
solvency and liquidity 
assessment for  distribution to 
shareholders

• Approved the group interim 

financial results, IFRS 
announcement and interim 
dividend declaration

• Revised board committee 
membership, terms of 
reference and charter

Approved the: 
• Consolidated annual group 

budget

• Treasury risk management and 

hedging policy

• Revised insider dealing policy
• Policy for engagement of 

external auditors to perform 
assurance and other services

Approved the integrated suite of 
documents for publication, including 
the King IV report and JSE 
compliance certificate

Requested that the unwind of the 
2017 replacement transformation 
transaction be included as a 
standing agenda item

Approved the revised business rules 
policy

Approved a revised workplace 
harassment policy 

Approved the:
•
• Strategic performance 

Integrated ESG framework

management dashboard
• Amendment of the group 
governance framework

Noted:
• An increase in B-BBEE 
compliance to level 2

• Progress on roll out of DEI 

strategy

• Employment Equity Amendment 
Act, 2022 (Act 4 of 2022) and 
approach to alignment

Approved the transaction 
agreements in respect of the LSP at 
Grootegeluk Coal Mine as cost 
saving and scope 2 emission 
reduction between two wholly owned 
subsidiaries

• Approved the Sustainable 

Growth and Impact strategy, 
detailing implementing minerals 
succession planning, education 
and supplier development as 
initial focus areas 

• Considered progress and 

approved strategic flexing of 
boundary conditions and 
investment criteria

Noted changes to the Companies Act Noted the change to the JSE 

Listings Requirements on auditor 
accreditation model

Appointed chief growth officer, 
Richard Lilleike

Appointed:
•

 Independent non-executive 
director, Nosipho Molope

• New managing director of energy, 

Leon Groenewald

Noted progress on the integration 
of the group social impact 
structures

• Considered the coal mine dust 
class action litigation launched 
against Exxaro

• Noted an environmental 

incident, and a comprehensive 
mitigation plan is being 
executed

Approved the integrated report 
material matters following a 
double materiality test

Noted continued focus by the RBR 
committee on information 
technology (IT) security, risk and 
governance

Noted:
•

Implementation of the mineral 
succession strategy on Exxaro-
owned properties

• Results of 2023 culture and 
engagement survey, part of 
Exxaro’s DEI journey

• Approved the revised supply 

chain management 
sustainability policy

• Noted the wage gap statement 
of intent, approved by the 
remuneration committee

• Noted progress on various 
acquisition and investment 
opportunities

• Placed the COP27 roundtable 

discussions on loss and damage 
on the agenda for the next 
governance session in 2024

Noted:
• Progress on various acquisition 
and investment opportunities
• Progress in finalising an ESG 
framework policy and related 
stakeholder engagements

Approved an updated POPIA 
policy and PAIA manual

Considered the proposed changes 
to the Companies Act

Appointed:
• Chief strategic resilience and 
governance officer, Andiswa 
Ndoni

• Chief people and performance 

officer, Joseph Rock

Approved the organisational 
effectiveness programme and 
structure

64

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Ethical culture
Statement of strategic ethical intent: Exxaro aspires to build an ethical culture 
based on Exxaro’s values. To do this, Exxaro is committed to operating 
ethically by living the Exxaro values with dignity, transparency, consistency, 
fairness and respect in all that we do.

Governance of ethics
Our board is committed to effective ethical leadership and 
establishing an ethical culture. Flowing from this commitment, the 
board adopted a number of codes, policies and practices outlining 
the group’s ethics and values to which employees and suppliers are 
required to adhere.

To support the board, the SERC is responsible for overseeing the 
group’s ethical performance, and it therefore oversees ethics 
management. Membership of the SERC was reviewed in 2023, with 
new members – including the CEO and finance director – appointed 
at the 2023 AGM.

A management ethics committee exists to ensure that high ethical 
standards are maintained in Exxaro’s business conduct. The 
committee is responsible for evaluating all instances of fraud, 
extortion, bribery, corruption, possible conflicts of interest, 
violations of the code of ethics or any other ethics-related matters.

It also oversees the continuous anti-fraud and anti-bribery 
initiatives associated with a robust programme in terms of both 
local and international laws and regulations.

Guided by our ethics strategy and management plan, the ethics 
officer is responsible for embedding an ethical culture and ensuring 
that integrity is maintained within the group.

................................................................................….......
Code of ethics
The following fundamental values are expressed in the code of 
ethics:

Empowered to grow and contribute

Teamwork

Committed to excellence

Honest responsibility

Monitoring ethical culture
The board monitors the group’s ethical culture through its 
reporting structures, including two board committees (SERC and 
audit committee), the management ethics committee, the internal 
audit function, head internal audit and our ethics officer.

A culture and engagement survey launched in January 2023 was 
designed to measure employees’ perceptions and engagement 
against the following categories:
• Exxaro’s Leadership Way principles
• DEI
• Exxaro’s culture themes

Independent consultants were appointed to manage the survey 
roll-out and results consolidation. While none of the dimensions 
scored below the critical weakness cut-off point, the following 
areas of concern were identified:
• Disability and inclusion
• Employee engagement
• Career development, training and advancement

Positive findings of the survey included employees’ pride in working 
at Exxaro, DEI, strong buy-in on Exxaro’s values and vision, and 
gender issues. On request from the SERC, management will 
develop an action plan based on the survey, which will be done in 
2024.

................................................................................….......
Global ethics benchmark
As part of ethics management, Exxaro conducted a benchmark on 
business ethics trends globally. Exxaro is trending positively 
against the five major global trends listed in the Ethics & 
Compliance Initiative’s Global Business Ethics Survey® 2023 
report, with only one finding (fear of retaliation/psychological 
safety) featuring in the Exxaro culture and engagement survey of 
2023. This was reported to the SERC with the recommendations 
outlined in the survey report. These will be incorporated to enhance 
our ethics management programme for 2024.

................................................................................….......
Ethics awareness
To embed an ethical culture, we adopted the theme “Mining with 
Morals”, which focused on:
• Clarifying ethical standards
• Promoting ethical decision making
• Raising awareness and understanding of consequences
• Encouraging reporting without fear
• Building a culture of integrity

In our internal group-wide communication, we reminded employees 
to be guided by business ethics and the Exxaro family code of 
conduct. Exxaro expressed our commitment to fighting fraud, 
corruption, theft and unethical behaviour and acting without fear or 
favour. By purposefully building ethical guidelines within 
our business, we are keeping our employees' and stakeholders’ 
best interests in mind while maintaining a positive influence on 
those we impact through our processes.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

65

Ethical culture continued

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and 
Development’s recommendations on ethical 
behaviour
ENSafrica conducted an ISO 37001 readiness assessment in 2018 
and identified a gap in ensuring that new third-party exposures are 
assessed as part of a due diligence process. Exxaro has since 
introduced due diligence processes for suppliers, customers, 
employees and business partners.

A comprehensive evaluation of the fraud hotline in 2020 identified 
areas needing improvement, such as the management ethics 
committee composition; a process for tabling forensic reports; 
monitoring BU investigations; and updating escalation protocols. 
All the recommendations were addressed and reaudited to the 
satisfaction of the internal auditor. As part of this, Exxaro is 
committed to an independent review of the hotline every three 
years. The next audit is in 2024.
................................................................................….......
Fraud and ethics hotline

We encourage employees and stakeholders to report 
suspected fraud or corruption to Exxaro’s fraud and ethics 
hotline (contact us tab). 

The hotline is independently managed and reports to the SERC and 
management’s ethics committee. Due to the importance of 
retaining the integrity of the hotline, it is necessary for Exxaro to 
protect the interests of the disclosing parties as far as reasonably 
possible.

................................................................................….......
Avoiding conflicts of interest
In terms of the Companies Act and King IV, directors and prescribed 
officers have specific duties regarding disclosure of actual direct 
and indirect conflicts of personal financial interests as well as the 
perception of a conflict, including that of their related parties. 
Directors, prescribed officers and employees (and their related 
parties) are obliged to actively avoid any conflict with Exxaro’s best 
interest.

Annual general declarations of outside interests are required from 
directors and prescribed officers in accordance with section 75(4) 
of the Companies Act. In terms of the policy, annual declarations 
are also required from all employees in the group.

We implemented and reviewed an electronic platform to facilitate 
reporting, workflow approvals and an auditable communication trail 
for disclosures by directors and employees, including a gifts and 
benefits register, director trade clearances and policy management.

Conflicts of interest policy and register (reflecting material 
disclosures in line with the JSE Debt Listings Requirements) 
(our business tab under governance)

Supplier ethics
• We developed the supplier code of conduct to assist employees 
in selecting suppliers who operate in a manner consistent with 
our values and relevant standards. The code aims to 
communicate our mandatory selection standards to prospective 
suppliers and promotes a commitment to ethical conduct among 
our suppliers

66

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

• As part of the supply chain pre-qualification process, suppliers 

must disclose details of shareholders, directors and other 
associates who are current or former employees in compliance 
with the conflicts of interest policy

• Employees who evaluate requests for proposals or recommend 
contract awards must declare that they have neither an interest 
in nor a close relationship with the supplier that may be 
construed as a conflict of interest

 Supply chain sustainability (ESG report, page 105)

................................................................................….......
Anti-bribery and anti-corruption
The board has expressed a zero-tolerance stance towards bribery 
and corruption and approved the group-wide anti-bribery and anti-
corruption policy. To support the board, the SERC is responsible for 
overseeing the group’s ethical performance, which includes 
detection and response to fraud and corruption. The RBR and audit 
committees oversee risks, including controls and fraud risks.
................................................................................….......
Supplier conduct
To improve a broader operating environment and culture to combat 
corruption, our standard operational and capital-related 
expenditure terms and conditions with suppliers contain specific 
provisions around sanctions, corrupt practices, fraud and 
prohibited practices in respect of local and international legislation, 
including the UN and European Union, which terms are considered 
material to the relevant agreement.

Guided by the code of ethics and supplier code of conduct, we 
evaluated our business relationships with various suppliers in light 
of findings and recommendations contained in the state capture 
report. The outcome of this evaluation was reported to the 
management ethics committee, group executive committee and 
SERC. Guidelines were developed as a framework to deal with 
implicated companies doing business with Exxaro. The framework 
will also be used in instances where suppliers and service providers 
are mentioned adversely in the media or where it comes to Exxaro’s 
attention that the company is under investigation or involved in any 
dealings (actual or alleged) that could put Exxaro into disrepute. 
................................................................................….......
Political contributions
Exxaro agrees that a clear policy on political funding provides for 
certainty and consistency and reduces the suspicion that 
companies are funding parties for their own interest. It is 
acknowledged that the primary purpose of political donations is to 
strengthen and consolidate democracy by ensuring that political 
parties can function effectively within a multi-party democracy.

The group has a board-approved political donation policy in line 
with national legislation, guiding all political donations and 
contributions. The board requested that donations rather be 
directed to the Independent Electoral Commission in support of 
democratic stability. The update to the policy will be submitted to 
the SERC for consideration and recommendation to the board for 
final approval in 2024.
................................................................................….......
Monetary loss from unethical behaviour
The board is satisfied that the group has not suffered any monetary 
loss as a result of legal proceedings (including fines) associated 
with fraud, insider trading, anti-trust, anticompetitive behaviour, 
market manipulation, malpractice or violations of other related 
industry laws or regulations.

 Respecting and upholding human rights (page 105)

 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Performance and value creation

For more on our performance see:

Performance against our strategy and outlook (page 50) 

Delivering measurable results and impact (ESG report, 
page 19)

................................................................................….......
Performance targets to support our Climate 
Change Response strategy
To strengthen greenhouse gas (GHG) mitigation and business 
resilience efforts, we included targets on water security and 
efficiency, and energy efficiency in the group’s short-term incentive 
(STI) scheme in 2022.

The energy efficiency targets relate to diesel and electricity 
consumption. Diesel accounts for over 95% of our scope 1 GHG 
emissions, while coal-based electricity is 100% of our scope 2 
emissions. 

Implementation of these two KPIs is a progression of our Climate 
Change Response strategy, our goal to be carbon neutral by 2050 
and further alignment with the TCFD recommendations.
................................................................................….......
Strategy-aligned internal reporting
Internal reporting to the board requires management to detail the 
outcomes of proposed recommendations to the board in respect of:
• Strategy implications
• Financial implications
• Risk and compliance analysis
• ESG implications
................................................................................….......
Transparency
The board is committed to clear and comprehensive financial 
reporting and disclosure as well as constructive shareholder 
engagement, including transparency of activities and performance. 
The board therefore ensures that reports issued by Exxaro enable 
stakeholders to make informed assessments of our performance, 
and short, medium and long-term prospects.
................................................................................….......
Good governance to achieve strategic objectives

See page 124 of our ESG report on how we apply good 
corporate governance to support the achievement of our 
strategic objectives and how the SDGs are supported 
through specific steps taken in 2023.

Strategic direction
King IV articulates the board’s responsibilities of steering an 
organisation strategically, in line with its core purpose and values, 
by approving and monitoring an informed short, medium and long-
term strategy while considering sustainability-related impacts, 
risks and opportunities.

As sustained value creation is founded on good governance and 
responsiveness to significant social and environmental challenges, 
our strategy is continuously monitored and assessed, and formally 
presented to the board for approval at least once a year. Before 
executive leadership presents the strategy to the board, iterative 
workshops, following a bottom-up process, and board governance 
sessions are held.  During our annual strategy review process, 
management also demonstrates how sustainability and ESG 
objectives are integrated into the Sustainable Growth and Impact 
strategy, including status and progress in our context.  The board 
therefore supports the King IV principles with regard to strategy 
setting and follows an iterative process. As part of the strategy 
process, a risk and opportunity assessment is conducted, which 
includes emerging risks and an assessment of material 
sustainability issues.

The board sets Exxaro’s short, medium and long-term strategic 
direction through our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy. It 
enables sustainable value creation through approval of a new 
capital allocation model and budget, setting and monitoring 
performance and culture expectations, and a group governance 
framework. 

The board reviewed an integrated medium to long-term 
decarbonisation roadmap to achieve carbon neutrality by 2050. 
The roadmap, which is at an advanced stage, outlines strategic 
considerations and actions to increase our decarbonisation 
performance.
................................................................................….......
Business continuity and crisis management plans
The board adopted an emergency response plan in 2019, focusing 
on capability interfaces for crisis management and business 
continuity, to ensure integrated disaster or incident response and 
recovery.

The RBR committee oversaw the process of updating various 
business continuity governance documents and policies. This 
process sought to align BUs with the board-approved business 
continuity plan template, which aligns with ISO 22301:2019 and 
British Standards Institution 11200:2014.
................................................................................….......
Performance evaluation
KPIs track the execution of our strategy for the board, board 
committees, and group and energy executive committees. We use a 
strategic performance dashboard that reports on the achievement 
of these KPIs. The dashboard was reviewed in 2022 and its 
reporting philosophy revised.

We developed a reimagined strategic performance dashboard to 
oversee strategy execution and facilitate strategic conversations at 
the right time within a tiered group governance structure. It aligns 
prioritised KPIs with the Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy to 
provide forward-looking insights, and support strategic discussions 
and resource allocation.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

67

Adequate and effective control

Governance framework
The framework provides an overview of our governance principles, 
structures, policies and practices and the integration of the 
minerals and energy strategies and budgets. It guides monitoring 
and oversight of business affairs to achieve accountability, 
authority and sound decision making, as well as policies to support 
the group in achieving the Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy. 
It is an entrenched governance principle within Exxaro that group-
wide policies require board approval, and this is captured in the 
delegation of authority framework.

The group governance framework was reviewed in 2023 to enable 
Exxaro’s core businesses to thrive in an increasingly dynamic 
market and industry sector, and to continue to support the 
execution of the approved strategy. The revision included new 
board and management committees.
................................................................................….......
Board charter and code of conduct
The charter and code of conduct regulate the parameters in which 
the board operates and ensure good corporate governance 
principles are applied in all dealings in respect and on behalf of the 
company and group. The charter sets out the roles and 
responsibilities of the board, individual directors, chairperson, CEO, 
lead independent non-executive director and group company 
secretary.

The charter and nomination and appointment policy require board 
members to be individuals of calibre, integrity and credibility, with 
the necessary skills and experience. The nomination committee 
must ensure continuity of directorships and undertake succession 
planning on behalf of the board. This includes identifying, 
mentoring and developing future candidates. The nomination 
committee is also responsible for conducting independent 
background checks on all proposed candidates prior to 
recommending their appointment to the board.

The charter was reviewed in 2023 to align with new executive 
designations and the nomination and logistics committees.
................................................................................….......
Board’s access to information
The board charter guides directors and executive management on 
the information requirements to be shared with the board while the 
onus remains on each director to advise the chairperson and/or 
CEO should they believe that the information provided is 
insufficient for informed decision making.

The board has unrestricted access to all company employees, 
information, records, documents and property, and a process to 
guide directors is provided should they require access. The board, 
in carrying out its tasks, may obtain outside or other independent 
professional advice it considers necessary to execute its duties.  
The board charter sets out the required protocols for requests of 
this nature.

Delegation of authority
The delegation of authority policy and framework defines the limits 
of authority designated to specific positions of responsibility in the 
company and the group’s management structure. It also defines 
commitments and transactions that may include capital amounts 
approved by individuals on Exxaro’s behalf. The final approval of 
commitments and transactions outlined in the policy must always 
be made by parties with designated authority.

The policy and framework are regularly reviewed to ensure aligned 
decision making within a changing business environment. This also 
provides direction and clear delegation of power to management. 
The framework is adopted by our subsidiary company boards and 
implemented throughout the group as part of the overall group 
governance framework. 

The board is satisfied that the delegations in place contribute to 
role clarity and the effective exercise of authority and 
responsibilities.
................................................................................….......
Board committees
Our corporate governance structure supports our ability to create 
value in the short, medium and long term. Through this structure, 
the board exercises effective control, and builds and protects the 
organisation’s reputation and legitimacy. We consider good 
corporate governance the responsibility of our board, executive 
leadership, management and all our employees.

Board committees enhance efficiency by providing focused 
expertise on specific areas, allowing the board to address a broader 
range of issues. When used effectively, committees also enhance 
the objectivity of the board’s judgement. As such, to facilitate the 
execution of its functions, the board delegates activities to its 
committees through formal terms of reference.

The board retains full and effective control of business and 
company affairs and does not assume management’s functions, 
which remain the responsibility of the executive directors, 
prescribed officers and other senior management.

In response to the business risk resulting from unavailability of rail 
capacity in executing the Exxaro strategy, the board established an 
ad hoc board logistics committee early in 2023. The logistics 
committee is responsible for monitoring and reporting to the board 
on the development of long-term solutions for logistics access to 
international markets, identification of medium-term solutions and 
alternatives, and related matters.  The board, based on the longer-
term nature of logistical challenges in the industry, and as 
recommended by the nomination committee, approved the logistics 
committee becoming a standing board committee.

The board committees’ terms of reference were reviewed in 2023, 
including key focus areas and annual work plans. 

The board confirms that it is satisfied that the board committees 
executed their roles and responsibilities. In this regard it is 
confirmed that the audit committee has executed the 
responsibilities set out in paragraph 3.84(g) of the JSE Listings 
Requirements.

68

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Subsidiary companies
The board, on behalf of the company, recognises the statutory and 
fiduciary duties of subsidiary companies’ directors and particularly 
their duty to act in the best interests of the subsidiary company at 
all times whether or not the director is nominated to the board of 
the subsidiary company (in its capacity as holding company). In the 
case of a conflict between a director’s duties in a subsidiary 
company and the interests of the company, as holding company, 
the director’s duties in the subsidiary company must prevail.

The group governance framework seeks to mitigate possible 
tension between the holding company and its subsidiary boards. 
The subsidiary directors must adhere to the framework and 
adopted group policies. This does not absolve the directors of 
subsidiary boards from exercising their fiduciary duties. If directors 
breach their fiduciary duties, they may be held liable under 
section 77 of the Companies Act. This responsibility is clearly 
highlighted for all our subsidiary directors.

 Ownership structure (page 11)

................................................................................….......
Group-wide control functions
The group control and oversight functions are responsible for 
providing enterprise-wide oversight of operational management 
and integrated reporting. The heads of these functions have direct 
access to the board, audit committee and RBR committee, as 
appropriate.

Our group control and oversight functions consist of:
•  Corporate secretariat
•  Risk management
•  Compliance management
•  Legal
•  Strategy
•  Internal audit and assurance
•  Finance (as it relates to financial compliance)

The board is responsible for overseeing the effectiveness of the 
oversight functions and ensuring an effective internal control 
environment within the group.
................................................................................….......
Integrated ERM
Our ERM framework provides a process for effective risk 
management. We follow a layered approach (top-down and bottom-
up) that considers all risks and impacts. The same terminology and 
assessment mechanisms are used across the organisation. Our risk 
catalogue includes a set of risk names, and an impact and likelihood 
scale is used across different disciplines to ensure management 
concentrates efforts and resources on material activities.

We link all risks, assurance activities and material issues to reduce 
assurance costs and derive greater value from auditing controls. 
A tracking and monitoring system is applied for transparency for 
audit findings to be closed out.

The risk management function, through the combined assurance 
model, coordinates with the internal audit function to obtain 
evidence on the effectiveness of treatment and control activities in 
achieving the desired or planned risk treatment outcomes.

Assurance providers (internal audit, sustainability KPI audits, 
external assurance providers, self-assessments and accreditation 
reviews) monitor the effectiveness of significant risk treatments 
and compliance with regulatory requirements, non-binding rules, 
codes and standards, as well as policies and procedures.

The ERM framework and process are based on principles published 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission, the ISO 31000 international guideline on risk 
management, and King IV. It also considers applicable codes of best 
practice such as ISO 9001, 14001 and 18001.

The ERM framework is reviewed regularly to ensure alignment with 
current governance practice and standards. The board is satisfied 
that the group and company have a mature risk process that 
ensures the risks that potentially impact Exxaro’s strategic 
objectives are pursued by management to create shareholder 
value.

In terms of our governance framework, risk management is an 
independent control function across the group. The strategic risk 
profile, highlighting the group’s material risks (including Cennergi’s 
top risks) and emerging risks, is reported quarterly to the RBR 
committee and board.

To test the robustness of our strategic risk profile, a study was 
conducted in 2023 to compare the risk register to top risks 
disclosed by mining industry peers. Our strategic risk profile was 
found to be robust and reflects relevant risks that apply to our peers.

 Our risks and opportunities (page 28)

................................................................................….......
Technology and information management
The board governs technology and information management in a 
way that supports Exxaro in setting and achieving our strategic 
objectives.

The board mandated the RBR committee, as part of its business 
resilience focus, to oversee Exxaro’s ERM process, including key 
risks facing the group and responses to address these risks, 
including information management risks. The RBR committee is 
mandated to oversee information management strategy 
governance; integration of the improvement programme’s overall 
direction, context and objective; and ensure alignment with the 
enterprise business strategy, governance and risk management.

In addition to the RBR committee, the audit committee is 
responsible for ensuring adequate information management 
governance.

Governance plays a pivotal role in ensuring that our technological 
infrastructure and processes align with organisational objectives 
while also adhering to industry benchmarks. We strategically 
aligned the information management governance framework with 
recognised industry standards, including ISO 27001, COBIT 2019, 
ITIL 4, ISO 31000 and ISO 27031, among others. This alignment 
supports our commitment to best practice and ensures robust 
oversight of our IT operations.

To further enhance decision making, oversight and strategic 
direction, we instituted several management governance forums: 
the project review committee, architectural review board, 
investment review board, change advisory board, and information 
management committee.

Our foundational policies support these structures by guiding 
behaviour, expectations and operations. These include the 
acceptable use of information and communications technology, 
security, operations, project management, asset management and 
the information and communications technology service continuity 
policies. Together, this forms a cohesive governance structure that 
promotes transparency, efficiency and innovation in our IT domain.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

69

Adequate and effective control continued

Information management risk management 
Information management risks and mitigation measures are 
monitored continuously (including assessment of emerging risks) 
and reported to the RBR committee quarterly.

These are our top information management risks over the past two 
years:

2022

2023

Cybersecurity: data theft

Cybersecurity: data theft

Availability and quality of 
data

Cyber threat: malware

IT disaster recovery 
strategy, plan and 
procedures

Cyber threat: disruption of 
operations

There is also an emerging risk of impending enterprise resource 
planning transformation due to end-maintenance support. We 
monitor treatment plans for the risks to determine adequacy. 
................................................................................….......
Information management disaster recovery
To ensure our disaster recovery programme is robust and resilient, 
we strategically aligned it with the ISO 27031 guidelines by 
embedding the plan-do-check-act cycle, a systematic series of 
steps for continuous improvement of our disaster recovery 
capabilities.
................................................................................….......
Beyond compliance
The group is committed to:

The board is responsible for ensuring that the group and our 
employees comply with all applicable laws and regulations, and it 
considers non-compliance with legal and regulatory requirements a 
key risk. Accordingly, the board delegated the responsibility for 
managing Exxaro’s compliance risks to the RBR committee.

The chief strategic resilience and governance officer is responsible 
for providing a compliance and regulatory compass to the group by 
promoting a culture of compliance.

Key compliance activities for 2023 included:
• Reviewing our regulatory compliance risk ratings and audit 

review cycles

• Rolling out competition law training for the whole organisation
• Updating the POPIA policy and PAIA manual and providing 

additional POPIA training

• Annual environmental authorisation and other licence audits at 

our operations

 Material compliance universe (ESG report, page 129)

................................................................................….......
Combined assurance model
Exxaro applies a combined assurance model to optimise assurance 
by management, as well as internal and external service providers, 
while fostering a strong ethical climate and mechanisms to ensure 
compliance. Using our board-approved ERM approach, 
management identifies key risks facing Exxaro and implements the 
necessary internal controls with comparable information for trend 
analysis where possible.

The audit committee is responsible for overseeing the use of a 
combined assurance model to achieve the following objectives:

Enabling an effective internal control environment

Maintaining high standards of integrity, professionalism 
and ethical behaviour in its relationships 

Ensuring integrity of information used for decision making 
by management, the board and its committees

Compliance with the letter and spirit of the law and 
regulations governing its conduct by ensuring the 
organisation acts with due skill and diligence 

Conducting its business in adherence to statutory, 
supervisory and regulatory requirements

While Exxaro drives compliance with relevant regulatory 
requirements in its jurisdictions, the law serves as a minimum 
standard of conduct. Beyond complying with the law, Exxaro 
promotes a compliance culture at all levels. 

Our compliance philosophy is captured in a compliance policy 
approved by the board, which supports ethical and responsible 
corporate citizenship and seeks to create sustainable value for all 
stakeholders by striving for operational efficiency, growth and 
regulatory compliance with applicable laws.

Management regularly revisits the group’s regulatory environment 
to identify material legislation and categorises each using a risk-
based approach.

Supporting the integrity of external reports

Combined assurance forum
The combined assurance model was put in place through the 
effective functioning of the combined assurance forum. The forum 
coordinates assurance for our risk exposure, as identified and 
ranked by the risk management function and aligned to King IV 
recommended practices for assurance. The forum’s activities and 
outcomes of assurance reports are presented quarterly to the audit 
committee.

Five lines of assurance
Exxaro adopted the three lines of defence model for combined 
assurance. The model aims to establish effective governance, risk 
management and control practices within Exxaro.

However, with the continuous development of the concept of 
combined assurance, we replaced the three lines of defence model 
with the five lines of assurance. The five lines of assurance are  
differentiated by the level of risk ownership and the independence 
of assurance efforts or providers.

70

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Adequate and effective control continued

The five lines of assurance include:
• Line functions that own and manage risk and opportunity, such 

as operational management

• Specialist functions that facilitate and oversee risk and 

opportunity, such as compliance, risk, legal departments and 
oversight structures

• Internal assurance providers, such as internal audit
• External assurance providers, such as independent external 

• In 2021, the group adopted a framework for engaging auditors to 
supply non-audit services. We confirmed that KPMG, in terms of 
its policy, does not provide advisory and tax services to its audit 
clients

• Our group governance framework confirms the internal audit 
function as an independent control function across the group 
• The internal audit charter informs the role and scope of work of 

the internal audit function

auditors or other independent third-party providers

• The head of internal audit reports directly to our audit committee 

• Regulators, such as the DMRE

and is administratively overseen by the CEO

................................................................................….......
Board statement
The board and audit committee are satisfied with the effectiveness 
of controls for the year ended 31 December 2023. This conclusion 
was reached principally through a process of management self-
assessment (including formal confirmation by executive 
management), reports from internal audit, independent external 
audit and other assurance providers.

 Combined assurance for effective governance (page 81)

Combined assurance plan 
The combined assurance plan focus areas are aligned to the group’s 
top 10 strategic risks with inputs from assurance providers. The 
plan considers the level of assurance from assurance providers in 
providing the audit committee and board with confidence regarding 
the effective functioning of the internal control environment.

Overdue and repeat findings
Exxaro uses an issue tracking management system to capture and 
track the status of all internal audit and other assurance provider 
findings. All overdue and repeat findings are reported at each audit 
committee meeting.

Independence of audit and assurance functions
To ensure the independence of our audit and assurance functions, 
the following measures are in place:
• We appointed KPMG as our independent external auditor, along 
with its service delivery partner, AM PhakaMalele (approved by 
shareholders at the AGM on 18 May 2023 by way of a separate 
resolution of shareholders in terms of JSE Listings Requirements 
paragraph 3.84(g))

• Under the management of Exxaro’s head of internal audit, PwC 

and its service delivery partner, Ngubane & Co, have been 
providing internal audit services since 1 July 2022

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

71

Trust, good reputation and legitimacy

JSE compliance certificate
The board considered the JSE compliance certificate for the 
reporting period, confirming the company’s compliance with the 
JSE Listings Requirements, Debt Listings Requirements and every 
disclosure requirement for continued listing on the JSE imposed in 
2023. The certificate will be submitted to the JSE following board 
consideration in early 2024.
................................................................................….......
Integrity in reporting
The board ensures the integrity of the company’s integrated report 
and its alignment with best practice in integrated reporting, 
including other reporting by the company. The board also oversees 
the publication of our annual financial statements, ESG report, board 
committee reports, remuneration report and other online or printed 
information that complies with legal requirements and meets the 
legitimate and reasonable information needs of stakeholders.
................................................................................….......
No insider dealing
The company’s insider dealing policy was revised and updated in 
2023. The policy complies with the JSE Listings Requirements, 
Financial Markets Act and Companies Act and is aligned to the 
company’s code of ethics. The policy applies to all directors, 
prescribed officers, employees and consultants.

Before dealing in any Exxaro security, we require directors to 
submit a pre-clearance form to the group company secretary for 
consideration by the chairperson.

The insider dealing committee provides guidance and clarity to 
employees and directors on insider trading or price-sensitive 
information as well as prohibited or closed periods.

The group company secretary provides a group-wide 
announcement of all closed and prohibited periods to assist 
directors and employees in this regard. Directors and employees 
have access to an electronic insider register, which reflects their 
names as relevant. They receive an email informing them of their 
addition to and removal from the register.

We provide ongoing online training on the MyNexxt platform to 
directors, employees and consultants to ensure in-depth 
understanding of the policy, regulatory environment and controls 
in place.

We issue the necessary JSE Stock Exchange News Service 
announcements when any director, prescribed officer, director of 
major subsidiary, the group company secretary or company 
secretary of a major subsidiary deals in any security. 

  Stock Exchange News Service announcements are available 

on our website.

The board is satisfied with the controls in place to ensure 
regulatory compliance.

Sponsors
The company‘s lead equity sponsor and debt sponsor, Absa Bank 
Limited, and joint equity sponsor, Tamela Holdings Proprietary 
Limited, perform the continuing obligations in connection with 
Exxaro’s listing on the JSE. The board is satisfied that the sponsors 
have executed their mandate with due care and diligence for 2023.

Outcomes and value delivered

 Refer to stakeholder-inclusive approach (page 24) in our ESG 

report for details.

................................................................................….......
Stakeholder inclusivity
Exxaro’s board has a stakeholder-inclusive approach that responds 
to principle 16 of King IV regarding stakeholder inclusivity and 
responsiveness. It aims to balance the needs, interests and 
expectations of material stakeholders in the organisation’s best 
interest over time to protect and build trust in the organisation and 
its reputation and legitimacy in the eyes of our stakeholders.

As recommended by King IV, Exxaro’s disclosure regarding 
stakeholder relationship management reflects our management 
approach, key focus areas and stakeholder management activities.

 Stakeholder-inclusive approach (ESG report, page 24)

................................................................................….......
External communication
Stakeholder days
The SERC’s virtual stakeholder days during the year aimed to 
communicate Exxaro’s social performance to stakeholders. These 
events were also an opportunity for the SERC and board to engage 
with diverse stakeholders and receive community and beneficiary 
feedback on Exxaro’s social performance and impact.

A two-day stakeholder engagement event was hosted by the SERC 
at Belfast, Mpumalanga, which included site visits to various Exxaro 
social development projects and engagements with regional 
government and municipal officials.

Other external communications
The following external communication (among others) took place 
in 2023:
• Publication of the annual reporting suite (integrated report, ESG 

report and climate change position statement)

• AGM notice (presentation of annual financial statements, SERC 
report and various other resolutions for voting by shareholders)

• Stock Exchange News Service announcements
• Interim and annual financial results presentations by executive 

management

• Results roadshows following the annual and interim results 

presentations for interaction with investors

• SLP future forums that play an important role in engaging with  
labour representative groups to promote ongoing discussions 
about the future of mines, identify possible challenges and 
solutions for productivity and employment, and improve business 
sustainability

• Exxaro 2023 sustainability summit
• COP28 (held in November/December 2023) where Exxaro was 

given the opportunity to:
– Participate, engage and partner with different stakeholders 
and play a positive role in providing solutions to manage 
climate change

– Showcase our contribution to South Africa achieving its 

Nationally Determined Contribution objectives and a just 
transition

 Exxaro’s contribution to COP28 (ESG report, page 33)

72

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Health and safety
The importance of safety in the workplace receives focused 
attention at each board, board committee and executive committee 
meeting. This is achieved through a standing safety moment item 
on all agendas, to allow for reflection and reporting.

In addition to the SERC’s mandate, the RBR committee is 
responsible for reviewing health and safety risks and focuses on 
reported HPIs and lost-time injuries (LTIs).

Prioritising safety (page 98) and integrated health and 
wellness (page 100)

Focus areas
Our focus areas supporting the outcome of trust, good reputation 
and legitimacy in 2023 included:
• Executing the ethics strategy and management plan revision
• Executing and implementing the revised human rights policy and 

starting a due diligence process

• The SERC and remuneration committee considered the results of 
the 2023 culture and engagement survey as part of Exxaro’s DEI 
journey

• The remuneration committee approved a wage gap statement of 
intent. The statement is linked to Exxaro’s purpose and identified 
wage gap principles and aligns with Exxaro’s revised 
remuneration policy

• Completing the roll out of compulsory group-wide anti-bribery 

and anti-corruption training on MyNexxt

• Rolling out additional group-wide POPIA training

Reputation and disclosure recognition

Delivering measurable results and impact (ESG report, 
page 19)

Responsible corporate citizenship
The board ensures the organisation’s strategy and conduct reflect 
its purpose of powering better lives in Africa and beyond and to be 
a responsible corporate citizen in giving effect to its purpose.

As the organisation is an integral part of society, the board sets the 
strategic direction and ensures that the company’s responsible 
corporate citizen efforts include compliance with the Constitution 
of South Africa (including the Bill of Rights), the law, leading 
international and national standards, and its own codes of conduct 
and policies.

The board exercises independent judgement in overseeing 
management and safeguarding the interests of all stakeholders, 
including our shareholders. In fulfilling its stewardship role, the 
board seeks to instil and foster a corporate environment founded 
on integrity, and to provide management with sound guidance in 
pursuit of long-term shareholder value, ensuring that the company 
provides sustainable value to society as a whole.
................................................................................….......
Governance
It is the SERC’s role, as amended in 2021, to entrench responsible 
corporate citizenship as part of the committee’s focused activities. 
The role and responsibility of the board’s SERC include overseeing 
the impact of the consequences of the group’s activities and 
outputs on its status as a responsible corporate citizen in:
• Economy: economic transformation as well as fraud and 

corruption prevention, detection and mitigation

• Society: public health and safety, consumer protection, 

community development and protection of human rights

...............................................................................….......
Commitments
Fundamental to Exxaro’s purpose of powering better lives is our 
stance that all people have inherent fundamental human rights 
regardless of their differences. As such, Exxaro is committed to 
respecting and upholding human rights for all people in its sphere 
of influence, where the company has the power to effect 
investment and development. Exxaro is guided by the South African 
Constitution, applicable legislation and external standards such as 
the Minerals Council’s Human Rights Framework and the UNGC 
principles on human rights, labour, environment and 
anti-corruption.

Exxaro remains committed to supporting the 10 principles of the 
UNGC. The UNGC principles are embedded in our Sustainable 
Growth and Impact strategy, values, operations and stakeholder 
engagements in alignment with our endeavours to meet the SDGs.  
We believe that Exxaro’s voluntary participation in the UNGC 
advances the case for responsible business practices and 
encourages our stakeholders to do the same. It holds us 
accountable to a global standard as we strive to become a catalyst 
for economic growth and environmental stewardship. 

 UNGC communication on progress (investors tab under 

integrated reports 2021)

The board revisited, amended and approved Exxaro’s human rights 
policy in 2022. Policy implementation and communication took 
place and a due diligence assessment commenced towards the end 
of 2023 to be completed and reported to the SERC in 2024.

 Respecting and upholding human rights (ESG report, 

page 108)

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

73

Audit committee

Chairperson: Nondumiso Medupe

Members: Billy Mawasha and Chanda Nxumalo

Meetings: Six

Attendance: 93%

Changes: Vuyisa Nkonyeni (former committee chairperson) and Isaac Mophatlane (former member) retired by rotation at the 
2023 AGM

Audit committee report (ESG report, page 143)

Composition as at 31 December 2023

Nondumiso Medupe
Chairperson

Billy Mawasha

Chanda Nxumalo

Role and purpose
The committee is an independent, statutory committee whose members are appointed annually by Exxaro’s shareholders in compliance with 
section 94 of the Companies Act and the principles of good governance. In terms of the Companies Act, this committee has an independent 
role with accountability to the board and shareholders of the company. The committee does not assume the functions of management, which 
remain the responsibility of the executive directors, prescribed officers and other members of senior management, nor does it assume 
accountability for the functions performed by other committees of the board. In addition to the Companies Act, the committee’s duties are 
guided by the JSE Listings Requirements and King IV.

The committee is governed by its terms of reference that codify its role and responsibilities. To assist the board, the committee plays an 
essential role in providing independent oversight of the:
• Quality and integrity of the financial statements and related public announcements
• Integrity and content of the integrated reporting process
• Qualification and independence of the external auditor
• Scope and effectiveness of the external audit function
• Scope and effectiveness of the overall combined/integrated assurance process
• Effectiveness of internal controls and the internal audit function
• Assessment of the adequacy of Exxaro’s insurance arrangements regarding the nature of our business and insurable risks
• Integrity and efficacy of the risk management process relating specifically to internal controls and financial reporting risks through 

assurance over system controls and policies in place

Terms of reference
The board reviewed and approved the committee’s terms of reference, which align with legislation, regulations, King IV and the Institute of 
Directors South Africa’s guidance for audit committees.

Key focus areas 2023/2024

Monitoring implementation of the strategy concerning the deployment of new post-modern enterprise resource planning solutions to 
ensure acceptable cost, risk and alignment with the Exxaro strategy

Ensuring alignment of the combined assurance process, internal audit plan and external audit plan in terms of a risk-based approach

Reviewing Exxaro’s future strategy regarding insurance cover and self-insurance, taking into consideration global resistance to thermal 
coal and insurance markets

Enhancing the committee composition and skills set

Monitoring and considering the impact of cybersecurity risks and use of AI in the finance and internal control environment

Managing talent challenges in the finance and internal audit functions in response to the global war for talent

Reviewing the transition from a predominantly outsourced model to a co-sourcing internal audit model, ensuring Exxaro’s transformation 
objectives are achieved

Confirmation
The committee, in carrying out its duties, has due regard to its terms of reference, the Companies Act and the JSE Listings Requirements as 
well as the principles and recommended practices of King IV. The committee is satisfied that it has considered and discharged its 
responsibilities in accordance with its terms of reference and confirms that it fulfilled its mandate and responsibilities in terms of the 
Companies Act, the JSE Listings Requirements (paragraph 3.84(g) in particular) and King IV.

74

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Investment committee

Chairperson: Ben Magara

Meetings: Five

Members: Isaac Malevu, Billy Mawasha, Mandlesilo Msimang, Chanda Nxumalo and Peet Snyders

Attendance: 93%

Changes: Isaac Mophatlane (former committee chairperson) and Vuyisa Nkonyeni (former member) retired by rotation at the 
2023 AGM. Ben Magara was appointed a member and committee chairperson

Investment committee report (ESG report, page 148)

Composition as at 31 December 2023

Ben Magara
Chairperson

Isaac Malevu

Billy Mawasha

Mandlesilo Msimang

Chanda Nxumalo

Peet Snyders

Role and purpose
The committee has an independent role in terms of which it operates and makes recommendations to the board, monitors on behalf of the 
board and reports to the board on material acquisition, merger/investment or disposal opportunities, and ongoing material transactions and 
related matters in the scope of the approved energy and minerals sustainable growth strategy, including ongoing portfolio management of 
these businesses and post-investment reviews. 

Importantly, the committee reviews the strategic fit, risk assessment and outcomes of financial, technical and legal due diligence for major 
investments. It ensures adherence to all Exxaro’s governance processes and that we meet the approved hurdle rates, set from time to time, 
before we commit any funds.

An investment opportunity will therefore first serve at the investment committee where a detailed review shall be conducted in line with the 
investment criteria approved by the board. After the review, the investment opportunity may be recommended by the committee to the 
board for final approval.

Terms of reference
We reviewed the committee’s terms of reference in line with principle 8 of King IV, with minor amendments and rephrasing enhancements. 
The board approved the revised terms of reference which align with legislation, regulations and King IV.

Conflict of interest
The committee’s mandate requires that disclosure of interest is in focus at the time of circulating information to the committee members and 
before the commencement of any meeting. Any declaration or recusal by members is captured in the meeting minutes to ensure 
transparency.

Key focus areas 2023/2024

Monitoring divestments and acquisitions

Reviewing and recommending for approval investment guidelines for minerals (energy review completed)

Monitoring the energy and minerals ESG KPIs and dashboard

Continuing to guide and recommend participation in proposed acquisitions that fit our long-term minerals and energy strategy

Confirmation
The committee, in carrying out its duties, has due regard to its terms of reference and the principles and recommended practices of King IV. 
The committee is satisfied that it has conducted its affairs and discharged its responsibilities in accordance with its terms of reference.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

75

Logistics committee

Chairperson: Zwelibanzi Mntambo

Members: Ben Magara, Dr Phumla Mnganga, Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena and Peet Snyders

Changes: None

Meetings: Four

Attendance: 90%

Logistics committee report (ESG report, page 150)

Composition as at 31 December 2023

Zwelibanzi Mntambo
Chairperson

Ben Magara

Dr Phumla 
Mnganga

Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena

Peet Snyders

Role and purpose
Early in 2023, the board established a non-remunerative ad hoc board committee to address the threat of rail capacity unavailability to 
Exxaro’s strategy. The role of the logistics committee is to monitor and report on the development of long-term solutions for logistic access 
to international markets, identification of medium-term solutions and alternatives and related matters.

In the second half of the year, on recommendation from the nomination committee, the board approved this committee as a standing 
committee of the board.

The committee has an independent role in terms of which it operates and makes recommendations to the board, monitors on behalf of the 
board and reports to the board on mainly:
•  Development of long-term solutions for logistics to access international markets for coal and minerals
•  Identification of medium-term logistics solutions and alternatives to mitigate TFR issues to increase volumes

Terms of reference
The committee’s terms of reference were drafted and aligned with legislation, regulations and King IV. The committee is satisfied that it has 
conducted its affairs and discharged its responsibilities in accordance with its terms of reference.

Key focus areas 2023/2024

Continuing with oversight of the development and review of the long-term logistics solutions to access international markets

Continuing to monitor the identification and review of medium-term logistics solutions to mitigate TFR risk and increase exports

Confirmation
The committee, in carrying out its duties, has due regard to its terms of reference and the principles and recommended practices of King IV. 
The committee is satisfied that it has considered and discharged its responsibilities.

76

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Nomination committee

Chairperson: Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena

Members: Geraldine Fraser-Moleketi, Dr Phumla Mnganga and Zwelibanzi Mntambo

Changes: None

Meetings: Four

Attendance: 100%

Nomination committee report (ESG report, page 152)

Composition as at 31 December 2023

Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena 
Chairperson

Geraldine 
Fraser-Moleketi

Dr Phumla 
Mnganga

Zwelibanzi 
Mntambo

Role and purpose
In line with the JSE Listings Requirements, the committee is constituted as a committee of the board in terms of the Companies Act, the 
company’s MoI and King IV. The committee is governed by its board-approved terms of reference which set out its role and responsibilities.

The main purpose of the committee includes to:
• Determine and evaluate the adequacy, efficiency and appropriateness of the group governance structure, practices and processes
• Ensure that the board’s composition and structure enable it to effectively fulfil the obligations of the board mandate

The committee’s areas of responsibility include:
• Reviewing the board composition and additional criteria
• Succession planning
• Performance evaluation
• Induction and training
• Oversight of corporate governance and statutory compliance

Terms of reference
The committee’s terms of reference were reviewed in 2023 to include a broader role as a governance committee. The amendments were 
approved by the board. The terms of reference remain aligned with legislation, regulations and King IV.

Key focus areas 2023/2024

Developing the framework on future optimal board structure and size to support Exxaro’s strategy

Continue overseeing director induction and ongoing director development

Monitoring board and executive leadership succession planning

Considering 2023 board internal assessment outcomes and recommending matters for continuous improvement

Reporting on annual board governance roadshow outcomes and overseeing matters for implementation

Confirmation
The nomination committee, in carrying out its respective duties, duly regarded the principles and recommended practices of King IV. The 
committee is satisfied that it has considered and discharged its responsibilities in accordance with its terms of reference.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

77

Remuneration committee

Chairperson: Dr Phumla Mnganga

Meetings: Six

Members: Mvuleni Geoffrey Qhena, Geraldine Fraser-Moleketi and Zwelibanzi Mntambo

Attendance: 92%

Change: None

Remuneration committee report (ESG report, page 156)

Composition as at 31 December 2023

Dr Phumla Mnganga
Chairperson

Mvuleni Geoffrey 
Qhena

Geraldine 
Fraser-Moleketi

Zwelibanzi 
Mntambo

Role and purpose
This committee’s role and responsibility is to ensure the group remunerates fairly, responsibly and transparently so as to promote the 
achievement of strategic objectives and positive outcomes in the short, medium and long term. It also ensures the continuous development, 
review and implementation of remuneration governance-related documents, including compliance with JSE Listings Requirements and 
reporting obligations.

The committee is accountable to the board for executing its independent and objective oversight. The committee does not assume the 
functions of management, which remain the responsibility of executives, prescribed officers and other members of senior management, nor 
accountability for the functions performed by other board committees.

Where board committee focus areas overlap with this committee’s focus areas, committees collaborate to execute the board’s broader 
effectiveness objective. For example, in support of the DEI strategy execution, as it applies to fair pay or application of mechanisms to 
achieve and exceed employment equity.

Terms of reference
The committee’s terms of reference were reviewed in 2023 and amendments were approved by the board. The terms of reference continue 
to align with legislation, regulations, the company’s MoI, King IV and in accordance with the requirements of a JSE-listed company.

Key focus areas 2023/2024

Continuing our wage gap journey, tracking our pay ratios and monitoring appropriate interventions

Embedding the new STI and long-term incentive schemes in our Cennergi business

Monitoring compliance with the minimum shareholding requirement policy for all executives

Reviewing Exxaro’s long-term incentive plan rules and performance conditions

Reviewing our recognition policy and programme

Ongoing consideration and deliberation of shareholder feedback

Reviewing benefits and allowances

Confirmation
The committee is satisfied that its ongoing work aims to align remuneration with Exxaro’s values of fairness and equity. Exxaro will continue 
striving towards remunerating employees in accordance with market-related salaries and equitable awards across the organisation.

The committee is satisfied that employees are invested in achieving the company’s strategic goals through a remuneration philosophy and 
policies that incentivise short-term and long-term performance awards with sufficient stretch built into targets.

78

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Risk and business resilience committee

Chairperson: Peet Snyders

Meetings: Five

Members: Karin Ireton, Ben Magara, Nondumiso Medupe, Mandlesilo Msimang and Chanda Nxumalo

Attendance: 100%

Changes: Karin Ireton and Nondumiso Medupe were appointed members

RBR committee report (ESG report, page 159)

Composition as at 31 December 2023

Peet Snyders
Chairperson

Karin Ireton

Ben Magara

Nondumiso
Medupe

Mandlesilo
Msimang

Chanda 
Nxumalo

Role and purpose
The committee is a board committee in terms of section 72 of the Companies Act, the company’s MoI and King IV. The committee’s role is 
as follows:

Risk management
The committee’s role is to implement an effective policy and plan for risk management that will enhance the group’s ability to achieve its 
strategic objectives and to ensure that risk disclosure is comprehensive, timely and relevant. Risk management is the process effected by the 
board, management and other personnel. It is applied in a strategy setting and across the enterprise and designed to identify potential 
events that may affect the organisation, manage risks to within its risk appetite and provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
achievement of the organisation’s objectives. Risk governance refers to the governance structures and mechanisms established within the 
organisation where decisions are made and implemented regarding risks.

The committee is responsible for reviewing the ERM process, including key risks facing Exxaro as well as responses in place to address these 
risks with particular focus on:
• Strategic risks
• Financial risks (technical debate on managing financial risk will take place at audit committee meetings but financial risks are part of the 

overall enterprise risk register over which this committee has oversight)

• Operational risks
• Regulatory compliance risks

Business resilience
Business resilience is the ability of an organisation to adapt in a changing environment to enable it to deliver its objectives, survive and 
prosper. Risk, incident, crisis and business continuity management are among the four key elements of business resilience. The role of the 
committee is to oversee the appropriateness of Exxaro’s crisis response plans and frameworks.

Terms of reference
The committee’s terms of reference were reviewed and approved by the board. The terms of reference continue to be aligned with legislation, 
regulations and King IV. 

Key focus areas 2023/2024

Monitoring the class action served on Exxaro in November 2023 and its impacts on the group as a responsible corporate citizen, and 
ensuring preventive measures regarding occupational diseases are properly implemented

Overseeing the implementation of the water management plan at all Exxaro mines, including closed mines, and any plans to mitigate these, 
including an update to the ground water analysis model to include climate change impact on operations and water sources

Ensuring effective plans are in place based on the impact of business disruption (plans are up to date and no significant incidents occurred 
that led to business disruption)

Reviewing Exxaro’s risk appetite

Reviewing Exxaro’s key compliance risks related to our licence to operate

Recommending appropriate predictive and proactive reporting and engagement with stakeholders (including the integrated report) based
on key risks

Overseeing the implementation of the revised governance of technology and information to ensure incorporation of technology and
information risks to enable strategy delivery and ensure business resilience

Reviewing business resilience key elements to ensure business strategy compliance

Confirmation
The committee, in carrying out its duties, has due regard to its terms of reference and the principles and recommended practices of King IV. 
The committee is satisfied that it has considered and discharged its responsibilities.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

79

Social, ethics and responsibility committee 

Chairperson: Geraldine Fraser-Moleketi

Members: Karin Ireton, Riaan Koppeschaar, Likhapha Mbatha, Dr Phumla Mnganga, Peet Snyders and 
Dr Nombasa Tsengwa

Meetings: Four

Attendance: 97%

Changes: Isaac Mophatlane (former member) retired by rotation at the 2023 AGM. Dr Nombasa Tsengwa, Riaan Koppeschaar 
and Dr Phumla Mnganga were appointed members

SERC report (ESG report, page 163)

Composition as at 31 December 2023

Geraldine Fraser-Moleketi 
Chairperson

Karin Ireton

Riaan Koppeschaar

Likhapha Mbatha

Dr Phumla Mnganga

Peet Snyders

Dr Nombasa Tsengwa

Role and purpose
The committee mandate derives from the company’s commitment to proactively managing its economic, environmental and social impacts, 
and the public interest, in addition to those laid down in section 72(4) of the Companies Act, read with Regulation 43, the MoI and King IV.

The company recognises that it forms part of an interrelated community and, as such, may have positive and negative impacts on public 
interest and the global goal of sustainable development. The board has primarily entrusted the committee to oversee the company’s impact 
on public interest and its ethical performance. It ensures compliance with Exxaro’s statutory duties and oversees that the core purpose and 
values, strategy and conduct are aligned with the group’s responsible corporate citizenship.

The committee oversees the company’s ethics regarding business practices, its relationships with employees, other stakeholders and the 
natural environment. It also assists the board by monitoring the group’s achievement of its shared sustainability goals and has oversight of 
stakeholder management and ethics management.

As part of its responsibility mandate, the committee has oversight of how the company impacts planet, people and prosperity. 

Terms of reference
The terms of reference were reviewed in 2023 and approved by the board. The terms of reference continue to be aligned with legislation, 
regulations and King IV.

Key focus areas 2023/2024

Monitoring the coal mine dust class action litigation launched against Exxaro in November 2023 to ensure our conduct aligns with being a 
responsible corporate citizen

Overseeing the development of the 2050 carbon neutrality roadmap to support Exxaro’s strategy to decarbonise and build resilience to the 
impact of climate change

Reviewing the ongoing anti-bribery and anti-corruption programme implementation, ensuring an ethical culture and respect for human 
rights, including the whistleblowing mechanisms for effectiveness

Overseeing the baseline study for the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures framework that will assist with disclosing, 
reporting and mitigating nature-related risks

Overseeing sustainability-related disclosures in line with IFRS sustainability disclosure standards

Overseeing the implementation of the proposed employment equity targets

Confirmation
The SERC is pleased to confirm that, in carrying out its duties, as prescribed, it has duly regarded King IV principles and recommended 
practices, and has discharged its responsibilities in accordance with its terms of reference and the Companies Act. Beyond compliance, the 
committee is also satisfied that it has fulfilled its non-statutory mandate and that there are no material instances of non-compliance to 
disclose. If any material non-compliance existed, it was duly considered during the year in review.

80

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Combined assurance for effective 
governance

The board, supported by the audit committee, is ultimately responsible for Exxaro’s system of internal controls, which has been designed 
to evaluate, manage and provide reasonable assurance against material misstatement and loss. 

We apply a combined assurance model to optimise assurance by management, as well as internal and external providers, while fostering 
a strong ethical climate and mechanisms to ensure compliance. Using our board-approved ERM approach, management identifies key risks 
facing Exxaro and implements the necessary internal controls with comparable information for trend analysis where possible.

The board and audit committee assessed the effectiveness of controls for the year ended 31 December 2023 as satisfactory, principally 
through a process of management self-assessment (including formal confirmation by executive management), reports from internal audit, 
independent external audit and other assurance providers.

Approach, governance and reporting
Exxaro defines assurance broadly to cover all sources, including external assurance, internal audit, management oversight and 
regulatory inspections. Our combined assurance model includes and optimises all assurance services and functions to collectively provide an 
effective control environment and support the integrity of information used for internal decision making by management, the board and its 
committees, and in our external reports including:
• Corporate governance disclosures in terms of King IV
• Financial statements and other external reports, including our integrated report and ESG report

The forum’s activities and outcomes of assurance reports are presented quarterly to the audit committee.

Assurance review
For the year under review, the sources, level and focus area of assurance, commissioned and performed, are summarised below:

Focus area
External/statutory audit
Sustainable development/KPIs
Environmental liability provisioning
Mining rights and environmental legal compliance
B-BBEE dtic code compliance
Mining Charter III compliance
Insurance risk surveys
Major and mega capital projects
Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves statement
Governance, risk and internal controls
Employee benefits
SLP projects
ISO and OHSAS certifications

*  Tier/level of assurance refers to independent external assurance.

Function assured

Assurance
provider
KPMG
KPMG
KPMG
Inlexso
Empowerdex
Ngubane
IMIU
PwC/ EY
PwC/EY
PwC/EY
Ngubane
Ngubane
Various

Tier/level of
assurance*
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Corporate
Yes
Yes

Yes
Yes

Yes

Yes
Yes

BU
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Outcome of assurance
As at 31 December 2023, there were 450 open findings, reflecting an increase of 56 open findings in the year. Of the 450 open findings, 
283 (63%) are classified as “ready for audit” (a three-month waiting period is applied before performing follow-up procedures for the control 
to be fully embedded). The split by status of findings is depicted below:

Status of findings

Follow-up in progress

Ready for audit

Within timelines

Overdue

Total

Current period reporting

Internal audit

Other assurance 
providers

Total for the
current period

62

65

70

10

207

0

218

25

0

243

62

283

95

10

450

Overdue findings have been classified by ratings assigned in the final audit report and split into sources below.

Source

Internal audit

Other assurance providers

Total

Level 1
(high)

Level 2
(medium)

Level 3
(low)

Not rated

Total

1

0

1

6

0

6

3

0

3

0

0

0

10

0

10

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

81

Our
performance

Directed by our strategy and 
guided by our values, we are 
driven to meet our ambition of 
providing resources critical to 
ensuring a low-carbon world.

83 Finance director’s overview

90 Operational performance

92 Business resilience

96 Building momentum with people 

106 Social impact

109 Our environmental stewardship

120 Responding to TCFD reporting 

requirements

82

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Finance director’s overview 

Despite logistical constraints, cost pressures and  
lower coal pricing, our coal performance remains 
strong in delivering value to stakeholders through 
our early value strategy, coupled with our market 
to resource optimisation initiatives. Our Cennergi 
operations delivered a stable performance with 
generation back to normal levels.

Riaan Koppeschaar
Finance director 

Following our record performance in 2022 resulting from high commodity prices, the tougher conditions we experienced in 2023 resulted in 
a 29% decrease in EBITDA to R13.4 billion. The contribution from our non-controlled operations showed a decrease in adjusted* equity-
accounted income by 4% to  R7.0 billion. Adjusted equity-accounted income of SIOC increased by 26% to R6.2 billion, which was more than 
offset by a weaker performance from Mafube (our 50% joint venture with Thungela). This translated into basic headline earnings per share of 
R46.81 compared to R60.16 in 2022. We are pleased to have declared a final ordinary dividend to shareholders of R10.10 per share. The board 
also declared a special dividend of R5.72 per share bringing the total dividend for the year to R27.25 per share.

Revenue of
R38.7 billion
down 17%

Cash generated by 
operations of 
R13.3 billion
down 29%

EBITDA** of
R13.4 billion
down 29%

Adjusted* equity-accounted 
income of R7.0 billion
down 4% 

Headline earnings of 
R46.81 per share
down 22%

Final ordinary dividend 
declared of R10.10 per 
share down 11%

Special dividend declared 
of R5.72 per share

Attributable earnings of 
R46.66 per share 
down 18%

*  Adjusted for non-core items (headline earnings adjustments).
**EBITDA is calculated by adjusting net operating profit before tax with depreciation, amortisation, impairment charges or impairment reversals and net losses or gains on disposal of assets and 

investments (including translation differences recycled to profit or loss).

Global economy and commodity prices
2023 was characterised by declining coal prices due to a decrease in high calorific value coal demand, driven by sufficient gas and coal 
stocks in Europe, Japan, Korea and Taiwan. The reduction in coal demand was exacerbated by warmer than usual winter temperatures, 
robust performance in renewable and nuclear energy generation, and significantly lower gas prices.

We also saw a resurgence in Indian demand compared to the 2022 financial year due to lower coal prices. There were visible changes in 
global trade flows as Australia resumed supply into China from a previous trade ban, and Russian supplies to Europe and Japan reduced 
drastically, with Korea adopting a gradual approach of weaning itself off Russian coal.

China and India’s economic growth and buoyant power demand were the main demand drivers for coal. 

Domestically, operational challenges and equipment failures at Eskom’s power stations impacted the offtake of power station coal in the 
Waterberg region. The operating environment for domestic coal end-users was challenging in the 2023 financial year due to loadshedding, 
logistical challenges, slowing growth and inflationary pressures.

The benchmark API4 RBCT export price averaged US$121 per tonne (2022: US$271). The group realised an average export price of US$117 
per tonne (2022: US$251). Despite this price decline, Exxaro was able to realise 97% of the average API4 index price based on our sales mix. 
Export volumes decreased slightly to 5.1Mt (2022: 5.2Mt).

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

83

     
Finance director’s overview continued
Group performance highlights
For a better understanding of the comparability of results between the two reporting periods, we have adjusted our financial results for non-
recurring items (referred to as non-core adjustments) to derive our adjusted financial results. The non-core adjustments in 2023 and 2022 
are the same as the headline earnings adjustments.

The group performance highlights should be read in conjunction with the group (consolidated) annual financial statements as at the year 
ended 31 December 2023.

Group revenue
Group revenue decreased by 17% to R38 698 million (2022: R46 369 million), mainly driven by significantly lower export sales prices due to 
the steep decline in the API4 index price, partially offset by a weaker exchange rate and higher prices achieved on domestic sales at our coal 
operations.

The revenue contribution from our energy operations was 16% higher than 2022. Energy generation from the Cennergi operating wind 
assets was higher, driven by improved wind conditions compared to the prior year.

Group EBITDA
Group EBITDA decreased by 29% to R13 399 million (2022: R19 001 million). The main drivers for the decrease are provided in the 
graph below.

Group EBITDA (Rm)

USD realised price
 53%

API4 USD index price
realisation
93% vs. 97%
 4%

Domestic price 
benefit realised
R2.2bn

Export volumes
2%
due to logistics constraints

Domestic volumes
4%
from lower Eskom offtake offset
by higher local demand

Labour 
Electricity  
Diesel  
PPI  

6.8%
16.5%
(4.1%)
6.8%

Mafube buy-ins at
lower prices
R2.5bn

Operational cost
R1.2bn

Royalties
R795m

Employee cost
R172m

Rehabilitation
R101m

Weaker average
spot exchange
rate

R16.4 vs R18.4
12%

Fair value
adjustments
R820m

Insurance
R673m

The lower prices realised in 2023 were mainly driven by the lower benchmark API4 price resulting in an average realised price on our export 
sales of US$117 per tonne, a 53% decrease compared to 2022. This was partially offset by a higher price realisation compared to the 
benchmark API4 price of 4% due to our high-quality sales mix, as well as higher prices realised in the domestic market.  

As a result of the ongoing logistical challenges, our export volumes decreased by 2%. To mitigate the poor rail performance, export coal was 
transported to alternative export ports using road transport and some coal was sold in the domestic market. Domestically, operational 
challenges and equipment failures at Eskom’s power stations impacted the offtake of power station coal in the Waterberg region.

84

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

19 002(8 768)(503)(1 007)2 377997241 47513 399FY22 Actual PriceVolumeInflationBuy-insOther costForexGeneral*FY23 ActualOur 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

We also experienced inflationary pressure with electricity costs increasing by 16.5%, labour costs increasing by 6.8% and the rest of our 
costs increasing at PPI of 6.8%. There was some relief as our diesel costs decreased by 4%. 

The cost of our buy-ins from our Mafube joint venture was lower, directly related to the lower API4 benchmark price in 2023 compared 
to 2022.
The increase in operational costs was mainly due to once-off overburden removal at Leeuwpan, Belfast and Grootegeluk, enhanced 
maintenance efforts in line with schedules and equipment hire, and higher production volumes at Leeuwpan and Belfast.  

Royalties decreased in line with lower revenue.

Employee costs, including incentive payments, were lower in line with lower profitability and performance targets not being met.

The net decrease in rehabilitation cost is due to the impact of external surveys performed at our operations, combined with a favourable 
movement in discount rates in 2023, partially offset by an increase in the water treatment cost at our mines in closure to curb the impact 
of decanting.

The net positive foreign currency exchange variance is due to the impact of the weaker ZAR/USD exchange rate on revenue as well as 
realised and unrealised foreign currency exchange differences on foreign trade receivables and cash balances.

Included under general expenses are fair value adjustment gains on foreign exchange contracts, environmental rehabilitation funds, and 
funds held in our insurance portfolio.

Adjusted equity-accounted income
Adjusted equity-accounted income from associates and joint ventures decreased by 4% to R6 991 million (2022: R7 303 million). 

Coal: Mafube
Coal: RBCT

Ferrous: SIOC

Other: Black Mountain

Other: LightApp

Total

Adjusted equity-accounted 
income/(loss)

2023
Rm

510   
(8)   

6 157   

332   

6 991   

2022
Rm

1 902   
(9)   

4 902   

578   

(70) 

7 303   

Dividends received

2023
Rm

1 525   

2022
Rm

750   

Change
%

103 

3 386   

5 153   

(34) 

Change
%

(73)   
11 

26   

(43) 

(4)   

4 911   

5 903   

(17) 

The 26% increase in adjusted equity-accounted income from SIOC to R6 157 million  (2022: R4 902 million) was driven by higher iron ore 
prices and sales volumes as well as cost optimisation initiatives. This was offset by a 73% decrease in Mafube’s adjusted equity-accounted 
income, mainly due to lower export prices.

SIOC declared a final dividend to its shareholders in February 2024. Exxaro’s share of the dividend amounts to R2 107 million, which is 7% 
higher than the interim dividend received. The dividend will be accounted for in the first half of 2024.

Group headline earnings
Group headline earnings decreased by 22% to R11 327 million (2022: R14 558 million), driven by the 29% decrease in group EBITDA and 4% 
decrease in adjusted equity-accounted income. 

The weighted average number of shares of 242 million remained unchanged, translating into headline earnings per share of 4 681 cents per 
share (2022: 6 016 cents per share).

Capital management and shareholder returns
In terms of our capital allocation framework, free cash flow generated will be prioritised per the diagram below: 

Cash inflow

Debt
service

Sustaining
capex

Dividends

Expansion
capex

Growth

Excess
cash

The diagram represents the order of our capital allocation framework. In applying our capital allocation framework, we aim for a gearing ratio 
of below 1.5 times net debt (excluding ring-fenced project financing) to EBITDA. The capital allocation framework is in line with our 
commitment to sustainably return cash to shareholders through the cycle while retaining a strong financial position. 

During 2023, we had cash inflows of R16.1 billion (2022: R20.4 billion), comprising R10.7 billion from our operations net of tax paid (2022: 
R14.7 billion) and dividend income received from our equity-accounted investments of R4.9 billion (2022: R5.9 billion) as well as net interest 
received of R0.4 billion (2022: R0.3 billion net interest paid) on our cash and cash equivalents.

In terms of our capital allocation framework, we used this cash to:
• Sustain our operations with capital expenditure of R2.5 billion (2022: R1.4 billion)
• Expand our operations with further capital expenditure of R0.2 billion (2022: R0.3 billion)
• Pay dividends to external shareholders of R7.4 billion (2022: R8.9 billion)

Given our net cash position (excluding ring-fenced project financing) at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, our net debt to EBITDA 
cover ratio was well below our target of 1.5.

Exxaro remains in a strong liquidity position with a net cash balance of R10.5 billion as at 31 December 2023 (2022: R5.2 billion) and 
undrawn borrowing facilities and maturities as set out below. If the energy net debt is excluded, the net cash position at 31 December 2023 
was R14.8 billion (2022: R9.6 billion).

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
Finance director’s overview continued

Capital funding structure 
Exxaro (excluding energy) 

Facilities available

Drawn
Rm

Undrawn/
committed
Rm

Undrawn/
unissued
Rm

Maturity profile of debt

EXXARO

Term loan and revolving facility

3 400   

3 250 

Repayment period

Domestic Medium-Term Note 
programme

Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest capitalised

Lease liabilities

Capitalised transaction costs

Total interest-bearing debt

Current

Non-current

Net cash and cash equivalents

Net cash

ENERGY

Project financing

Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest capitalised

Lease liabilities

Capitalised transaction costs

Total interest-bearing debt

Net cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Economic value distribution

643 

4 043 

64 

389 

(9) 

4 487 

1 202 

3 285 

(19 321) 

(14 834) 

4 833   

4 833 

5 

62 

(13) 

4 887 

(538) 

4 349 

4 000 

Less than 6 months

6 – 12 months

1 – 2 years

2 – 3 years

3 – 4 years

4 – 5 years

>5 years

1 267 

Repayment period

Less than 6 months

6 – 12 months

1 – 2 years

2 – 3 years

3 – 4 years

4 – 5 years

>5 years

4 487 

954 

248 

507 

2 574 

80 

97 

27 

4 887 

144 

148 

349 

450 

557 

683 

2 556 

2023

2022

l Salaries, wages and benefits l Employees‘ tax l Payments to government: taxation contribution l Cost of financing l Cash dividend paid 
l Dividend paid to non-controlling interests l Community investments and volunteerism l GreenShare employee scheme

We distribute the value we generate to our stakeholders as follows:
• Employees receive salaries or wages, share-based payments as well as bonuses (where certain performance conditions are met)
• Employees’ tax deducted from the employees’ remuneration and paid to the South African Revenue Service
• The governments of the countries where Exxaro has operations and investments receive various taxes and royalty payments
• Cost of financing are payments to providers of finance who receive a return through interest and other loan costs
• Shareholders receive a return on their investment through dividends and capital growth in the share price
• Communities surrounding the operations of Exxaro benefit through corporate social investment initiatives
• In terms of Exxaro’s GreenShare employee scheme, employees received a further distribution of profits through dividends 

All stakeholders benefit from continuous reinvestment into the group to ensure sustainability and expansion.

86

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

4 7071 6525 0391 1005 5051 85590994 3101 6077 2509826 6862 275181121 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Portfolio optimisation
As part of the broader Exxaro strategic review, we continuously seek opportunities to unlock value to support our Sustainable Growth and 
Impact strategy. As previously reported, Exxaro identified that the FerroAlloys business is no longer a strategic fit within our envisaged 
minerals business portfolio and a sales process has commenced to dispose of our entire shareholding in Exxaro FerroAlloys Proprietary 
Limited. Exxaro aims to enhance the economic participation of black-owned companies in the South African economy. In line with this intent, 
we earmarked the FerroAlloys disposal process to target black ownership. 

As we are still in the initial stages of the sales process, the investment did not meet all the criteria to be classified as a non-current asset 
held-for-sale on 31 December 2023.
Financial KPIs
Despite the operational challenges experienced in 2023, all internal KPIs are well within target, indicating a healthy balance sheet and strong 
cash flow generation. The impact of various coal sensitivity measures as well as the key financial risk factors can be further used to stress 
test our current headroom. Exxaro complied with all the bank covenants for the year ended 31 December 2023. 

Refer to note 12.1.4 of the group annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 for detailed disclosure on the 
salient terms and conditions of interest bearing borrowings.

Coal sensitivity analysis
The following diagram indicates key sensitivities on the coal net operating profit:

Measure

Sensitivity

Net operating
profit impact

Environmental rehabilitation discount rate decrease

Environmental rehabilitation discount rate increase

Royalty cost

Production cost

Domestic sales volumes

Export price per tonne

Export sales volumes

Exchange rate

Labour

Railage

Fuel

Energy

1%

1%

1%

1%

1%

US$1

1%

10 cents

1%

1%

1%

1%

(169)

156

369

189

153

94

56

52

32

31

16

8

Key financial risk factors affecting our performance
Our strategic treasury function predominantly provides financial risk management services to the business, coordinates access to domestic 
and international financial markets, and monitors and manages operational financial risks through internal risk reports that analyse exposure 
by degree and magnitude of risks. These risks include market risk (including foreign currency risk, interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk 
and liquidity risk.

In managing our capital, we focus on a sound net debt position, return on shareholders’ equity (or return on capital employed) and the level of 
dividends to shareholders. Our policy is to cover annual net funding requirements through long-term loan facilities with maturities spread 
over time. Neither Exxaro nor any of our subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

Market risk management
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices (such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices) will affect profit or the 
value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposure within 
acceptable parameters while optimising the return on risk.

Our activities expose us primarily to the financial risks of changes in environmental rehabilitation funds, portfolio investment and deposit 
facilities quoted prices, foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We enter into a variety of derivative financial instruments to 
manage our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risks, including:
• Currency foreign exchange contracts, currency options and currency swap agreements to manage the exchange rate risk arising from the 

export of coal and import of capital expenditure

• Interest rate swaps and interest rate forwards to manage interest rate risk on interest-bearing borrowings

Price risk management
Our exposure to equity price risk arises from investments held by and classified as “at fair value through other comprehensive income” or “at 
fair value through profit or loss”. Our exposure to price risk in relation to quoted prices of environmental rehabilitation funds, portfolio 
investments and deposit facilities is not considered a significant risk as the funds are invested with reputable financial institutions in accordance 
with a strict mandate to ensure capital preservation and growth. The funds are held for strategic purposes rather than trading purposes.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

87

Finance director’s overview continued

Foreign currency risk management
Certain transactions are denominated in foreign currencies, hence exposures to exchange rate fluctuations arise. The currency in which 
transactions are entered into is denominated in US dollar, euro and Australian dollar. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved 
policy parameters using foreign exchange contracts, currency options and currency swap agreements.

We maintain a fully covered exchange rate position in respect of foreign balances (if any) and imported capital equipment, resulting in these 
exposures being fully converted to rand. Trade-related import exposures are managed through using economic hedges arising from export 
revenue and foreign exchange contracts. Trade-related export exposures are hedged using foreign exchange contracts and currency options 
focusing on short-term receivables. Any open exposure to foreign currency risk on these balances is insignificant as the turnaround time is 
generally less than 30 days. Foreign-denominated capital purchases funded by rand-denominated project financing arrangements are 
hedged using foreign exchange contracts.

Monetary items are translated at the closing rate at the last day of the reporting period. 

The foreign exchange contracts used to hedge foreign currency exposure mostly have a maturity of less than one year from the reporting 
date. When necessary, foreign exchange contracts are rolled over at maturity.

Refer to note 16.3.3.2.2 of the group annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 for detailed disclosure.

Interest rate risk management
We are exposed to interest rate risk as we borrow and deposit funds at floating interest rates on the money market and extended bank 
borrowings. Our main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings with floating rates, which expose us to cash flow interest rate risk. 
The risk is managed by undertaking controlled management of the interest structures of the investments and borrowings, maintaining an 
appropriate mix between fixed and floating interest rate facilities in line with the interest rate expectations. We also use interest rate swaps 
and interest rate forwards to manage the interest rate risk exposure. 

When the contractual terms of the borrowings and covenants thereof require the use of hedging instruments to mitigate the risk of 
fluctuations of the underlying interest rate risk cash flow exposure and the impact on profit or loss of specific projects being financed, we 
look to apply hedge accounting where an effective hedge relationship is expected and to the extent that such exposure poses a real risk to 
the achievement of the loan covenants.

The financial institutions chosen are subject to compliance with the relevant regulatory bodies.

Loan facility and bonds

Refer to note 16.3.3.2.3.1 of the group annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 for detailed disclosure.

Energy project financing
The group is exposed to the risk of variability in future interest payments on project financing, attributable to fluctuations in three-month 
Johannesburg Interbank Average Rate during operations phase, and one-month Johannesburg Interbank Average Rate during construction 
phase. The designated hedged item is the group of expected floating interest rate cash flows arising from the project financing, up to the 
notional amount of each interest rate swap, over the term of the hedging relationship. The notional amounts per interest rate swap match up 
to the designated exposure being hedged.

Where all relevant criteria are met, hedge accounting is applied to remove the accounting mismatch between the hedging instrument and the 
hedged item. This will effectively result in recognising interest expense at a fixed interest rate for the hedged project financing. 

Refer to note 16.3.3.2.3.2 of the group annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 for detailed disclosure.

Liquidity risk management 
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not be able to meet our financial obligations as they fall due. Our approach to managing liquidity is to 
ensure, as far as possible, that we will always have sufficient liquidity to meet our liabilities when due, under normal and stressed conditions, 
without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to our reputation.

The ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the board, which has built an appropriate liquidity risk management 
framework for managing Exxaro’s short, medium, and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements. We manage liquidity risk by 
monitoring forecast cash flows in compliance with loan covenants and ensuring that adequate unutilised borrowing facilities are maintained.  

Amount approved

Total borrowings

Unutilised borrowing capacity

Group

2023
Rm
65 309   

(8 923)   

56 386   

2022
Rm

58 524 

(9 093) 

49 431 

Exxaro’s capital base, the borrowing powers of the company and the group were set at 125% of shareholders’ funds for both the 2023 and 
2022 financial years. To avoid incurring interest on late payments, financial risk management policies and procedures are entrenched to 
ensure the timeous matching of orders placed with goods received notes or services acceptances and invoices.

88

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Credit risk management
Credit risk relates to potential default by counterparties on cash and cash equivalents, loans, investments, trade receivables and other 
receivables.

We limit our counterparty exposure arising from money market and derivative instruments by only dealing with well-established financial 
institutions of high credit standing. Our exposure and the credit ratings of our counterparties are continuously monitored, and the aggregate 
value of transactions concluded are spread among approved counterparties. Credit exposure is controlled by counterparty limits that are 
reviewed and approved by the board annually.

Trade receivables consist of several customers with whom Exxaro has long-standing relationships. A high portion of term supply 
arrangements exists with such customers, resulting in limited credit exposure (which exposure is limited by performing customer 
creditworthiness or country risk assessment).

Exxaro strives to enter into sales contracts with customers, which stipulate the required payment terms. It is expected of each customer that 
these payment terms are adhered to. Where trade receivable balances become past due, the normal recovery procedures are followed to 
recover the debt, where applicable new payment terms may be arranged to ensure that the debt is fully recovered.

Exxaro has concentration risk due to our exposure to one major customer. This is, however, not considered significant as the customer 
adheres to the stipulated payment terms. We establish an allowance for non-recoverability or impairment that represents our estimate of 
expected credit losses in respect of trade receivables, other receivables, loans, cash and cash equivalents, and investments. 

Refer to note 16.3.3.4.1 of the group annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 for detailed disclosure.

Outlook
Economic context
Global inflation is expected to continue its downward path, although towards the end of 2023, energy-related pressures temporarily stalled 
this trajectory. As a result, policy interest rates are predicted to remain restrictive for longer, affecting both global investment sentiment and 
economic activity.

Despite unprecedented rolling loadshedding, South Africa’s real GDP grew by 0.9% year on year in the first six months of 2023.The modest 
upside reflected higher investment in machinery and other equipment and a better-than-expected response to loadshedding. However, GDP 
decreased by 0.2% in the third quarter of 2023. The ongoing constraints of inadequate electricity and logistic challenges limit the local 
economy’s future productive potential.

During 2023, the South African rand lost significant value against major global currencies. This is attributable to intensified loadshedding 
with the perceived risk of a potential grid collapse, the country’s grey listing by the Financial Action Task Force, widening current-account 
and fiscal deficits, US dollar strength, global recessionary risk, and widespread geopolitical tensions. We expect the USD/ZAR exchange rate 
to improve in 2024 due to an expected improvement in both global economic sentiment and investor confidence. 

Commodity markets and price
Despite the uncertainty of the severity of the northern hemisphere’s winter and potential risks around natural gas availability and prices, 
continued strong Chinese thermal coal imports are expected to provide some support to seaborne thermal coal prices. However, the easing 
of global supply risks in both the thermal coal and natural gas (including liquefied natural gas) markets are expected to filter through to 
market pricing.

Continuous rising iron ore supply and exports remain the limiting factor for iron ore prices. Supply increases from major miners, a flat 
Chinese demand, with the rest of the world demand recovering are expected in 2024. A stronger pricing environment is expected to prevail, 
supported by higher marginal cost levels. 

Operational performance
TFR railed 47.92Mt of coal to the Richards Bay Coal Terminal from January to December 2023. The export rail performance remains below 
expectations due to the impact of security, vandalism, and locomotive shortages. 

Riaan Koppeschaar
Finance director
10 April 2024

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

89

Operational performance 

Exxaro’s manufactured capital is the physical mining, energy and 
property assets that enable us to deliver our products. The quality of 
our assets and how effectively we use them impact our overall value 
creation and operational performance.

How we deliver value through our manufactured capital
We invest in our assets to maintain their enduring value, upkeep and performance, and optimise their use in delivering our products at 
optimal qualities. Optimising our portfolio and effectively using our invested capital enables us to achieve excellent operational performance, 
which in turn enables value creation and preservation across the other five capitals. 

We deliver value through our:
• Operational excellence and digital transformation programmes that use data-driven insights for decision making to enable safety 

performance, improve productivity and optimise cost

• Integrated operations centres enable timeous decision making, allowing our business to focus on controllable elements, consequently 
limiting the impact of disruptions in the value chain. We continue enhancing this process through deployment of data science and 
advanced analytics initiatives

• Market to resource optimisation strategy that informs operational plans with market insights to deliver coal products that meet customer 

specifications

• Continuous portfolio reviews and appropriate sustaining capital investments, which ensure we prioritise our investments – enabling the 

right investment that will contribute and add value to the portfolio

We build momentum and resilience in executing on our strategy and business model through 
operational excellence and continued investment in our manufactured capital. 

 Material theme

Matter

Supporting our strategy

Our broader impact

Adapting to a 
changing context

• Macro-environment
• Country risk
• Geopolitical context
• Commodity price risk

Executing our 
strategy

• Diversity into critical 
minerals and energy

• Coal portfolio optimisation

• Transition at speed and scale
• Make our minerals and energy 

businesses thrive

• Be carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for 
economic growth and 
environmental stewardship

Performance snapshot

Exxaro’s 
manufactured capital

Investments in our 
manufactured capital

 Improving our 
outcomes 
(business model, 
page 20)

Five mines (including one joint venture), one coal project, one ferro-silicon manufacturing facility, 
two windfarms and one solar project in construction

R2.5 billion 

R0.2 billion 

R2.7 billion 

invested in sustaining capital 
(2022: R1.4 billion) 

invested in expansion capital 
(2022: R0.3 billion) 

invested in property, plant and 
equipment (2022: R1.7 billion) 

Optimising our portfolio
• Disposal of shareholding in Exxaro FerroAlloys Proprietary Limited 

Accelerating our decarbonisation
• Financial close of the 68MW LSP on 29 June 2023

Exxaro’s operational performance areas encompass coal, energy, ferrous, portfolio optimisation and investments in minerals and energy. 

Looking 
ahead

Safety, portfolio optimisation, cost efficiency and continuous business improvement remain our 
priorities across our coal and energy businesses. 

90

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

  
  
  
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our performance
Coal

Total product (Mt)

Total sales (Mt)

Export sales (Mt)

Cash cost per total tonnes handled (R/t)

Cash cost per production tonne (R/t)

International thermal coal pricing (API4) averaged US$121/t in 
2023 (2022: US$271/t). Prices declined from 2023 levels due to 
coal to gas switching in Europe. Europe and key markets in Asia 
also remained well stocked during the year, keeping prices stable. 

Production cost per tonne was mainly impacted by lower offtake, 
resulting in increased total tonnes handled with the following 
impact on costs: 
• Volumes handled resulted in increased contractor activities, 

equipment hire and enhanced maintenance costs 

• Employee costs increased primarily due to normal labour 

increases

• Energy costs rose, primarily due to a 16.5% increase in electricity 

rates, offset by improved efficiencies

These costs were offset somewhat by the decrease in the 
rehabilitation liability mainly due to an increase in discount rates.

Other operational costs were impacted by a net positive foreign 
exchange variance due to a weaker ZAR/USD exchange rate on 
revenue as well as realised and unrealised foreign exchange 
differences on foreign debtors and cash balances. Royalties  
decreased in line with lower revenue, while our insurance expense 
also decreased due to the change in accounting treatment of new 
insurance products. These decreases resulted in a premium 
expense (classified as a financial asset) on the balance sheet.

Our net cash cost per tonne was above mining inflation, impacted 
by increased cost as explained. However, our cost per total tonnes 
handled was R1 lower, demonstrating our ability to cost-efficiently 
move volumes. 

In the face of a challenging macro-environment, our commitment 
to cost containment remains. We therefore see ourselves returning 
to normalised cost as we bolster our responsiveness to a new, 
ongoing reality.

Energy

Cennergi’s operational EBITDA margin was 
80% (2022: 80%), showing the consistency of 
earnings underpinned by long-term offtake 
agreements.

The two windfarms generated 727GWh in 
2023 (2022: 671GWh), despite the 
Tsitsikamma community windfarm suffering 
15GWh of losses owing to an Eskom 
distribution line fault. The increase in 
generation resulted from improved wind 
conditions. Our average equipment availability 
was 97.3% in 2023, slightly above the 
contracted levels of 97.0%.

Ferrous
SIOC
• Adjusted equity-accounted income of R6 157 million 

(2022: R4 902 million) primarily driven by higher iron ore prices, 
higher sales volumes and cost optimisation initiatives

• An interim dividend of R1 967 million was received from the 
investment in SIOC in August 2023. SIOC declared a final 
dividend to its shareholders in February 2024. Exxaro’s share of 
the dividend amounts to R2 107 million, which is 7% higher than 
the interim dividend received. The dividend will be accounted for 
in the first half of 2024

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

91

42.50.643.1(0.6)42.520212022202342.8(0.7)42.1(1.6)40.52021202220237.6(2.4)5.2(0.1)5.120212022202381.410.391.70.990.8202120222023376.037.0413.069.0482.0202120222023Business resilience 

Exxaro’s intellectual capital is the unique combination of knowledge, 
experience, innovation and systems that differentiate us. We leverage 
these elements to respond to market challenges and position our 
business for the future.  

How we deliver value through our intellectual capital
Our operations must be able to overcome frequent challenges and adapt to change in global and local markets. We use our intellectual 
capital and differentiation to transition our already successful business into a company that remains sustainable, growth-orientated and 
values-driven into the future. 

Exxaro is focused on driving and leveraging changes to patterns of production, consumption and ways of working to positively impact our 
business’s value and sustainability. We apply our collective knowledge, skills and resources to ensure our business is responsive while 
safeguarding our people, assets and the business.

We deliver value through:
• Efficient project portfolio management and capital allocation
• Increasing our competencies across mining and energy 
• Investing in innovation, digitalisation and technology
• Managing our relationships with stakeholders for reputational resilience

Purposefully using our intellectual capital enables us to build momentum 
and resilience in executing on our strategy and business model.

 Material theme

Matter

Supporting our strategy

Our broader impact

Adapting to a 
changing context

Executing our 
strategy

Driving business 
resilience

• Supporting a just transition to a low-carbon 

economy 

• Build a leading global energy solutions 

business 

• Coal portfolio optimisation

• Supply chain and logistical impediments
• Cyber risk
• Innovation and digitalisation
• Capital allocation 

• Transition at speed and scale
• Make our minerals and energy 

businesses thrive

• Be carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for 
economic growth and 
environmental stewardship

92

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

  
  
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Performance snapshot

Exxaro’s 
intellectual capital

Investments in our 
intellectual capital

 Improving our 
outcomes (business 
model, page 20)

The knowledge, experience, innovation and systems that enable business resilience

Developed:
• Carbon footprint calculator app 

for employees

• Near miss reporting app to report 
safety-compromising behaviours 

• Visible felt leadership app

Installed FuelActive 
technology on haul 
trucks at 
Grootegeluk and 
Mafube

An appropriately 
skilled, diversified 
and independent 
board

Engagement with 
our stakeholders at 
the governance 
roadshow

• Leveraging digital transformation to create impact

– Our Digital@Exxaro strategy
– Fully integrated digitalisation into our talent management strategy

• Build on an already successful business as we mature, using our intellectual capital and 

differentiation with a long-term vision to develop a sustainable, growth-orientated and values-
driven company
– Deepening our knowledge and stimulating behaviour change in pursuit of climate change 

adaptation and resilience through awareness, training and education initiatives for our people and 
host communities

– Integrated finance, tax, legal and company secretary structures for better coordination and to 

enhance the financial efficiency of our impact efforts and integrated reporting

• Become a leading international renewable solutions provider by 2030

– Decarbonisation roadmap will be executed in a phased approach for sustainable impact

Exxaro’s business resilience encompasses capital allocation, energy investments, innovation and information management, and 
reputational resilience (engaging our stakeholders, page 39).

We are future proofing Exxaro and enabling a sustainable future for our business. We aim to fast track our 
decarbonisation and investments to generate predictable long-term cash flows and increase portfolio 
diversification. 

Our capital allocation and project execution remain focused on leveraging the growth investments 
already made, supporting our early value strategy and sustaining our businesses by implementing our 
portfolio of sustaining capital projects. Our early value strategy means we are strategic about our capital 
allocation. 

We are focusing on opportunities in South Africa to start with, while monitoring opportunities in new 
markets for potential entry that meet our investment criteria, building strong foundations for the future 
and investing in energy assets that enable us to transition to a low-carbon world.

Exxaro is continuing on our transformation journey with a dedicated focus on enterprise-wide 
transformation, innovation and digital, leveraging data by turning it into insights, aiding in decision-
making across the organisation and creating an agile environment. We continue to strive to attract and 
appoint top tech talent to support our Digital@Exxaro strategy. 

Decarbonising our mobile equipment fleet

FuelActive is an innovative fuel cleaning system that reduces harmful emissions, fuel consumption, 
repair and maintenance downtime, and related costs – supporting our goal of systematically 
decarbonising our fleet.

FuelActive uses a floating pickup to draw clean fuel from the top of the fuel tank, instead of the bottom where contaminants settle. 
The system improves engine efficiency and reduces fuel consumption while maintaining the manufacturer’s intended emission 
standards and performance throughout equipment life. A three-month trial of this technology at Mafube compared the performance 
of our mining truck fleet against the manufacturer’s baseline data (collected over at least six months) – with and without the 
FuelActive system. We collected and managed data on fuel economy and carbon dioxide emissions every month and presented it to 
management and FuelActive (as average litres of diesel consumption per hour) at biweekly reviews. 

Payback from our
investment within 
263 days

Key benefits realised

CO2 
reduction of 
762 tonnes

Annual 
fuel savings of 
R6 million

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

93

Business resilience continued

Our performance
Capital allocation

Project

Classification (growth/sustaining)  Product 

Focus and performance

Capital 
expenditure

Location: Mpumalanga

The infrastructure projects at Matla, to achieve a 10Mtpa production objective once fully ramped up, were approved.

Matla LoM 
programme

Outlook

Sustaining

10Mtpa of thermal 
coal

Developing infrastructure to support 
LoM production

R5.2 billion

Construction of the Matla Mine 1 tunnel development was completed. We aim to complete the incline conveyor in the first half of 2024, the 
overland conveyor in the first half of 2025 and the support complex and plant in the second half of 2025. Mining equipment manufacturing 
was completed by the Matla Central Workshop. Mine 2 development was completed. We aim to complete Mine 3 development in the second 
half of 2024. We expect to complete and conclude the programme in the first half of 2026. 

We focus on sustaining a robust coal portfolio with strong cash flow generation through the capital excellence journey and always focusing 
on the early value strategy. In this process, we continue to evaluate and optimise our portfolio and, where needed, dispose of non-core assets 
and invest in our coal business to remain resilient. We are targeting average capital of between R2 billion and R2.5 billion annually in real 
terms. 

Coal

Coal sales by product tonnes (%)

l Domestic metallurgical l Other domestic l Exports l Eskom

2023
actual

2 432   

2 217   

201   

14   

2023
previous 
guidance

2 514   

2 314   

180   

20   

2022
actual

1 605   

1 348   

252   

5   

2 432   

2 514   

1 605   

% change 
previous 
guidance

3 

4 

(12) 

30 

3 

Sustaining

Waterberg

Mpumalanga  

Other

Total

Capital expenditure in our coal business increased by 12% 
compared to 2022, driven by investment in sustaining our 
operations, which is well aligned with our capital guidance. 

The increase in sustaining capital is mainly due to higher spend at 
Grootegeluk to support continuation of the business. Our capital 
excellence journey is enabling improved project timing, execution 
and savings.

Supply chain and logistics
While the South African logistics environment is challenging given 
the rail performance to RBCT, we use our intellectual capital to 
develop new innovative logistics solutions and corridors to ensure 
we are on a more sustainable strategic path. We successfully 
exported via alternative ports and continue to look at solutions that 
will optimise our value chain from our mines to alternative posts, 
including our road and rail flows. 

Our operating context (page 14)

Investments in energy
Exxaro is targeting a total of 1.6GW (net) installed capacity by 
2030 with an estimated total equity capital deployment 
of approximately R13 billion based on high level assumptions, with 
the remaining capital requirements being project financed. This 
could potentially provide a forecast estimated EBITDA of 
approximately R4.9 billion. We are aiming to achieve equity returns 
on a portfolio basis of 15%.

The LSP reached financial close on 29 June 2023, and construction 
started shortly thereafter. The project total investment cost is 
R1.56 billion.

94

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

2121373 
 
 
 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Driving innovation and information management
Exxaro’s innovation plays a pivotal role in driving our Sustainable 
Growth and Impact strategy. The main focus is on optimising value 
creation from our coal business using digital innovation, while 

diversifying towards resilient minerals and growing our energy 
business. Our innovation and technology journey is geared to 
enable the business to be carbon neutral by 2050.

Innovation is a strategic enabler and key to realising our 2030 goals
Our approach to innovation is underpinned by our innovation management programme, which aims to take a systematic approach to 
integrate innovation into our entire business value chain, ie operations, marketing and logistics intelligence, corporate innovation 
and embracing disruptive innovation through data science and generative AI. The innovation programme is managed through 
structured processes and governance, while building future in-house capabilities, and measures that enhance Exxaro’s strategic 
objectives. 

Business diversification
Exxaro’s commitment to technological and social innovation goes 
beyond conventional mining practices. Implementing innovative 
mining and processing technologies ensures that the transition 
towards emerging minerals is financially viable and that Exxaro 
remains on the lowest cost curve when new operations are 
introduced. Beyond economic considerations, Exxaro recognises 
the crucial role of innovation in creating positive social impact.

In a drive to achieve operational effectiveness, we emphasise the 
importance of technology and innovation to enable our strategy 
and achieve our goal to become carbon neutral by 2050. Over the 
years through our innovation journey, Exxaro successfully deployed 
technology-enabled integrated operating centres, visualised our 
value chain, deployed predictive analytics and mineral resource 
integration. 

By leveraging technology, we ensure our operations go beyond 
compliance, measuring and enhancing our social and environmental 
impact. This includes deploying innovative digital solutions to 
strengthen Exxaro’s contribution to a just energy transition and 
aligning with global sustainability goals. One of these initiatives, 
integrated operations centres, facilitates the seamless integration 

of mineral resources and optimisation to enable effective, data-
driven decision making. Integrated operations centres optimise 
resource utilisation and minimise environmental impacts, enabled 
through continuous monitoring. The integration of advanced data 
analytics and automation technologies supports us to achieve our 
early value strategy and reduce climate-related risks, thus 
reinforcing Exxaro’s commitment to sustainable practices.

Through developments in generative AI, Exxaro will continue to 
look at opportunities to automate certain processes and deploy 
technology to ensure we remain competitive.

Culture of innovation
We empower our people to create impact by cultivating an 
innovation culture. This is integral to how we conduct business at 
Exxaro, ensuring our sustained success in a constantly evolving 
landscape. Exxaro has a deep-rooted culture of innovation – we 
believe that innovation is not limited to any particular department, 
but rather, it is everyone’s responsibility. This cultural foundation 
signifies that innovation is not sporadic, but an integral part of our 
values, mindset and practices, embedded in every aspect of how 
Exxaro operates. Through this culture, our people are empowered 
to create impact.

At Exxaro, we are passionate about creating a positive socio-economic impact in the communities where we operate. This passion 
motivates Exxaro to integrate social innovation into our operations. Exxaro’s innovation and digital journey extends to social innovation, 
by addressing community challenges through innovative, workable responses to environmental or social challenges. We aim not only to 
be a modern mining company but also a socially innovative and responsible one. Empowering people through innovative initiatives 
ensures that Exxaro's growth contributes to the overall development and wellbeing of the economies in which we operate. 

Cybersecurity
In today’s digital age, cybersecurity has become an essential 
component of business resilience. As we increasingly rely on 
technology and data, the cyber threat landscape also increases – 
the impact of which extends far beyond financial losses and affects 
reputation and stakeholder trust. 

To mitigate the inherent cyber risk, we implemented a 
cybersecurity programme that focuses on preventing cyber 
incidents through detection, response and recovery activities. Our 
dedicated resources enhance our cybersecurity threat intelligence 
and detection capabilities. We  gather insights from emerging 
threat patterns and malicious actors, and are committed to 
strengthening our security controls. 

We implement a robust cybersecurity incident response plan that 
outlines the steps to be taken in the event of a security breach. 
This is supported by a disaster recovery plan to ensure that we can 
recover from major incidents. We also realise the importance of 
educating our employees on inherent cyber threats and have 
implemented a cybersecurity awareness programme to educate 
them about cybersecurity best practices and potential threats, 
including phishing awareness and social engineering. 

We did not record any data breaches this year. 

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

95

Building momentum with people  

Exxaro’s human capital is the knowledge, skills, know-how, safety, 
health and wellbeing of the people who manage our business and 
perform operational activities. This includes our employees and 
contractors. Our human capital is central to the success of our 
business.

How we deliver value through our human capital
Investing in, upskilling and offering an attractive value proposition increases our human capital, while safeguarding our people’s safety, 
health and wellbeing, preserves value and prevents its erosion. Our people and partners have the skills, capabilities, mindset and passion to 
achieve our purpose. 

We deliver value through our people strategy, which is a catalyst for the Sustainable Growth and Impact strategic objectives. The six pillars of 
our people strategy are underpinned by our commitment to a people-fit organisation, developing capabilities and enabling human resources 
through our purpose. 

We also deliver value by:
• Progressing against our commitment to achieving zero harm by prioritising safety
• Building resilient employees and host communities through integrated health and wellness
• Maintaining our employee value proposition,  fostering a diverse, inclusive and equitable workplace, and managing employees’ needs and 

expectations

• Offering learning and skills development opportunities to ensure a healthy talent pipeline of core and critical skills for existing and 

potential employees (including our host communities)

Empowering our people to create impact is critical in building momentum and resilience as 
we progress against delivering on our strategy and business model.

 Material theme

Matter

Supporting our strategy

Our broader impact

Helping our 
people thrive

• Health, safety and wellness
• Workforce: culture, capability, diversity, 
inclusion, attraction and retention of 
key skills and innovation

• Make our minerals and energy 

businesses thrive

• Empower people to create impact
• Become a catalyst for economic 

• Labour relations

growth and environmental 
stewardship

96

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

  
  
  
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Performance snapshot

Exxaro’s human 
capital

20 665 employees (2022: 19 242)
6 797 (33%) permanent employees (2022: 6 745, 
35%)
13 868 (67%) contractors* (2022: 12 497, 64.9%)
*   Contractor total does not include Cennergi sub-contractors.

178 employees (2022: 103)
35 (20%) permanent employees (2022: 
20%)
143 (80%) contractors (2022: 80%)

Investments in our 
human capital

 Improving our 
outcomes (business 
model, page 20)

• R358 million invested in training and development
• R4 707 million invested in employee remuneration 
• R10.5 million invested in developing targeted employees in management programmes, leadership 

roles, postgraduate studies and support functions

• Stop and Fix campaign launched to enhance employees’ safety
• DEI strategy launched and embedded in the business
• Awareness campaigns, initiatives and measures implemented to address health risks

• Remain committed to achieving zero harm

– Adopted leading practices on preventing fall of ground and trackless mobile machinery 

incidents

– Participated in the CEO Zero Harm Forum hour of learning
– Introduced revised incident management standard to check and verify the effectiveness of 

corrective actions and enable meaningful learnings 

– ISO 45001 certification received at Matla, Leeuwpan and Grootegeluk
– Demonstrated our commitment to the five safety focus areas at the 2023 sustainability 

summit 

• Work with employees and contractors to eradicate any safety incidents

– Held awareness campaigns and initiatives to address health risks
– Implemented health and safety representative empowerment programmes
– Launched the Stop and Fix campaign and introduced going back to basics
– Near miss reporting app launched to report safety-compromising behaviours 
– Visible felt leadership app launched to enhance leadership presence and engagement on the 

field

• Continue to invest in employees
– Progressed the DEI strategy
– Streamlined the application process for internal employment opportunities
– Rolled out various leadership programmes among employees at different levels
– Awarded internships and bursaries to black people with disabilities and students of the 

Edumap initiative

– Introduced the employee referral reward programme

Looking 
ahead

Our future focus is on building a stronger, more inclusive workforce by filling critical vacancies, 
empowering employees to excel through the performance achievement framework and advancing DEI at 
Exxaro, with particular emphasis on the inclusion of people with disabilities. We will continue to protect 
the safety, health and wellbeing of our employees by pursuing zero harm, reducing safety-related 
incidents and preventing and managing health risks at our operations.

DETAILED DISCLOSURE

Read building momentum with people (ESG report, page 70) for details about our approach and performance.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

97

Building momentum with people continued

Prioritising safety
The safety of our people is a moral imperative that underpins the sustainability and efficiency of our operations. We strive 
to achieve our ultimate safety goal of zero harm by proactively managing safety risks through strict and consistent 
implementation of Exxaro’s five safety focus areas.

Safety is critical to achieving the objectives of our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy. Supported by the five key safety focus areas, our 
safety strategy steers us in our approach to managing safety-related risks and preventing incidents.

Safety strategy key focus areas

Incredible leadership

Demonstrating our ongoing commitment to 
our employees’ safety by hosting the leadership 
safety day and sustainability summit, led by our 
CEO

Communication

Providing regular communication on our safety 
performance, which includes incidents, learnings 
from incidents and actions to be taken to 
mitigate emerging risks. Messages are shared on 
virtual platforms across the group

Consequence management
Adhering to non-negotiable safety rules that 
promote life-saving behaviours

Training
Capacitating employees and raising their 
awareness 

The sustainability summit allows the executive committee:
• An opportunity to engage with employees on health and safety issues and 

deliver learnings from incidents

• A platform to reiterate our commitment to zero harm
• Events to recognise employees and contractors for safety excellence  

The 2023 sustainability summit was hosted at Grootegeluk on 20 April 2023. 

• Our Khetha Ukuphepha (isiZulu for “choose safety”) campaign, launched in 

2019, encourages personal responsibility for safety

• We host annual safety indabas to drive the importance of safety
• We launched the Stop and Fix campaign in 2023 to encourage employees to 

proactively address safety risks before they escalate 

• We analyse incidents in terms of zero tolerance rules 
• Consequence management aligns with our culture values and is applied fairly 

across BUs

In 2023, this included:
• Safety management training for line supervisors
• Visible felt leadership champions training
• Safety representatives training
• On-the-job training for employees 

Risk management
Embedding risk management into our daily 
activities and processes to make informed 
decisions and plan proactively

We identify, assess and implement effective controls to address risks and 
opportunities with the aim of preventing and mitigating incidents and improving 
our safety performance. We have a high-risk task verification process at our 
BUs, led by site management, to verify the effectiveness of controls for high-
risk activities and non-routine work.  

Cennergi’s windfarms comply with the Occupational Health and Safety Act (OHSA), 1993 (Act 85 of 1993) and the 
LSP with the OHSA and MHSA. Cennergi’s head of operations reports safety incident investigation findings to the 
windfarms and company boards. Site managers and health and safety representatives conduct investigations following 
reports from contractors. LTIs and medical treatment cases are immediately reported to the group health and safety 
department.

98

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our performance

Exxaro

Cennergi

No fatalities
(2022: one) 

No fatalities
(2022: none) 

Four HPIs
(2022: five)

No HPIs
(2022: none)

11 LTIs
(2022: seven)

No LTIs
(2022: none)

0.07 LTIFR
(2022: 0.05)

Our LTIFR increased due to an increase in hand and finger injuries associated with lifting and material handling, as well as slip and fall 
incidents that occurred at our BUs. We remain  committed to reducing our LTIFR and will continue to intensify our daily efforts to achieve
zero harm.

The leading causes of LTI and HPI incidents included:
• Poor risk awareness and assessment 
• Inadequate hazard awareness and identification 
• Non-adherence to procedures 
• Unsatisfactory supervision, change management and task planning

We have revised our incident management process to enhance incident investigations, subsequent corrective actions and learnings, which 
we believe will reduce our LTIs going forward. This also contributed to the decrease in HPIs compared to last year.

We had four section 54(a) (mining activity stopped) (2022: seven) stoppages.

No reportable health and safety incidents were submitted to the Department of Employment and Labour (2022: none). 
In quarterly external compliance audits by Libryo, Tsitsikamma and Amakhala Emoyeni achieved average scores 
of 95.6% (2022: 96.4%) and 96.8% (2022: 96%) respectively.

We implemented the following initiatives to demonstrate our commitment to achieving zero harm and preventing safety incidents following 
the tragic fatality experienced at Belfast mine in 2022:

Campaigns

Apps

• Bouncing Back at Belfast launched to uplift employees’ morale and offer them counselling 
• Stop and Fix campaign launched across BUs 

• Near miss reporting app launched to report safety-compromising behaviours 
• Visible felt leadership app launched to enhance leadership presence and engagement on the field 

Back to basics

to basics in terms of operational safety

• Khetha Ukuphepha principle reinforced – every life counts

• Safety focus areas reinforced at the sustainability summit to eliminate repeat incidents and go back 

Learning from 
incidents

• Revised incident management standard introduced to check and verify the effectiveness of 

corrective actions and enable meaningful learnings from internal operations and across the mining 
industry

       Celebrating our progress

Group
One year fatality-free 
15 August 2023

Belfast
One year fatality-free 

Grootegeluk
11 years fatality-free 

Leeuwpan
33 years fatality-free 

Matla
Six years fatality-free

Mines in closure
13 years fatality-free

FerroAlloys
26 years fatality-free  

Cennergi
Seven years fatality-free

We were honoured to be recognised at the 2023 COALSAFE Awards, where we received several awards in the safety category for fatality-
free production shifts at various operations, an LTIFR of 0.00 at Leeuwpan and an outstanding award for most improved dust milestone at 
Grootegeluk.

Looking 
ahead

Maturing our safety culture through training and development will be a continued focus as we prioritise 
zero harm and protect the sustainability of our business. Alongside this, we plan to:
• Reinvigorate the five safety focus areas and the Khetha Ukuphepha principle
• Eliminate repeat incidents
• Enhance supervisor safety capacitation
• Advance and digitise safety systems

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

99

Building momentum with people continued

Integrated health and wellness
We recognise that a physically and psychologically safe workplace is inextricably linked to successfully delivering on our 
strategy. Integrated health and wellness builds resilient employees and host communities by enhancing quality of life, 
boosting morale, improving productivity and ensuring safety.

Preventive, holistic and employee-driven health and wellness underpins our approach. Our integrated health and wellness strategy, which is 
aligned with legislated basic conditions of employment, enables us to create an empowering environment for our employees. We offer an 
employee wellness programme, which addresses employees’ financial, emotional, social, and mental, occupational, environmental, spiritual 
and physical challenges, and their impacts. We also host complementary awareness campaigns, testing drives and initiatives. 

 Prevent

 Diagnose

 Manage

Preventive programmes (mandatory 
awareness campaigns and healthy 
lifestyle coaching) address a range of 
employee health and wellness 
challenges.

We improve medical surveillance by 
extending clinical tests (heart disease 
and risk-based cancer screening) and 
DNA analysis from middle 
management upward.

We improve healthcare 
management by ensuring all 
employees with occupational and 
non-occupational health risks are 
included in a disease management 
programme.

  Our integrated health and wellness strategy is supported by our culture themes (ESG report, page 82)

Our performance 

Employee 
wellness 
programme

8.9% utilisation 
(2022: 12.68%)

6.4% Proactive Health 
Solutions benchmark

Demographics
• Majority men (18 to 50 years old) in 2023 
• 6 350  cases were managed, of which 716 were individual cases, 578 were group 

trauma debriefing sessions and 5 056 were group information sessions

• Stress is the leading cause of mental health issues
• 251 employees have relationship-related challenges
• The majority of employees who utilised the employee wellness programme 

services are between the ages of 30 and 39, making up 43%

Non-
occupational 
diseases

93 new diabetes cases 
(2022: 24) 

334 hypertensive 
employees and contractors 
(2022: 92)

• 18 419 employees and contractors received HIV/Aids awareness training 

(2022: 14 585)

• The number of people who attended awareness sessions increased, as our 
workforce increased to 20 665 people. The prevalence of HIV/Aids cases 
among permanent employees is 1.87%. The national prevalence rate is 14% (on 
31 July 2022)

Occupational 
diseases

Occupational diseases 
remained at 23 
(2022: 23)

No cases of silicosis
(2022: none)

Occupational diseases

• One occupational disease case (tuberculosis) (demonstrably work related) was 
accepted by the Medical Bureau for Occupational Diseases for compensation 
(2022: five)

• The OHIFR was 0.15 (below target of 0.18) (2022: 0.16)

l Noise-induced hearing loss l Pneumoconiosis l Silicosis l Chronic obstructive airway disease l Occupational tuberculosis l Occupational asthma

We measure our performance against mining industry targets set in 2014. 2023 was the last year we measured our performance against 
these milestone measurements, as new milestones will be communicated in 2024.

100 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

25232346755211317911202120222023  
     
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Campaigns and initiatives 
Cancer awareness campaigns and testing drives targeted at breast and testicular cancer

All BUs

Wrapping trees with pink cloth to show support for those suffering from breast cancer

Matla and 
Grootegeluk

Providing mammograms and education on men and women’s health via the pink truck

Grootegeluk

Participating in the parkrun for breast cancer 

Initiatives per operation

• Hosted a marathon to raise awareness of lifestyle diseases, with 2 600 people participating across the group
• Implemented a peer influencer programme where influencers spread awareness of noise-induced hearing loss, 

tuberculosis and thermal stress

All BUs

• Launched onsite therapy
• Provided financial assistance to employees through our financial wellness service provider, Bayport. One of the 

key highlights was the successful opening of secured accounts, divided between vehicle and home loans

• Held a cholera masterclass on how to prevent the spread of cholera and the precautionary measures to follow 

to limit infections

• Held a masterclass on the importance of taking care of mental health

• Ongoing monitoring of lifestyle diseases at Matla wellness centre
• Initiated a biggest loser campaign on lifestyle management at Matla to encourage and promote an active 

Matla

lifestyle

Grootegeluk

• Initiated a women’s health drive at Matla and implemented health programmes focused on women’s health 

and family planning at Matla

• Implemented a thermal stress project at Grootegeluk to monitor thermal stress indices in real time and 

alert employees when temperatures increase or decrease above or below regulatory standards

• Conducted a wellness outreach programme at Mogol park
• Held an HIV/Aids awareness campaign
• Implemented the Step It Up challenge on LetsConnect, which targeted lifestyle diseases by encouraging 

employees and contractors to be more active. Smart watches were given to employees and contractors to 
monitor their sleep patterns, number of daily steps and heart rate

Cennergi employees use the group’s employee health and wellness programme and attend sessions arranged for Exxaro 
BUs. Cennergi held medical screening (including blood pressure, blood sugar and HIV screening) and financial wellness 
interventions to improve the health and wellness of its operations team in 2023.

Looking 
ahead

We will continue to actively manage health and wellness in the group with a specific focus on 
implementing continuous heat stress monitoring, advancing the electronic occupational health and 
hygiene management system and archive, and implementing health and wellness wearables at Belfast to 
track real-time employee vitals. We also plan to acquire additional specialised human resources.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

101

Building momentum with people continued
Engaged employees
We meaningfully engage with our employees to understand their material needs and concerns and maintain our employee 
value proposition as an employer of choice. Engaged employees are more productive, which enhances safety at our 
operations and supports the sustainability of our business. 

Employee engagement is supported by the embedding of our values and culture, effective communication and a commitment to constant 
improvement. Our employee relations strategy enables us to manage and respond to employees’ needs and expectations. DEI is central in 
our approach.

Grounded in our purpose, values, vision, culture and strategic objectives, our DEI strategy:
• Empowers us to create an environment built on trust and respect, free from prejudice, harassment and discrimination
• Enables our employees to achieve our goals by recognising that our focus on DEI is a business imperative
• Fosters a conducive environment for employees to thrive by encouraging changes in attitude, behaviour and ways of working to address 

systemic barriers 

• Informs our implementation of appropriate internal processes, procedures and practices 

Our new persons with disabilities policy supports the objectives of the DEI strategy in ensuring persons with disabilities have equal access to 
employment, training, skills development opportunities and career pathing. 

Cennergi’s employment equity committee guides and monitors transformation and skills development and oversees 
implementation of the employment equity plan, which aligns with legislation and the Department of Employment and 
Labour Codes of Good Practice. 

Our performance 

Strategic priorities
• Following board approval of a revised approach to our DEI strategy in 2022, we reviewed our policies and practices. This included 

aligning campaigns (in partnership with stakeholder affairs and communications) with strategic objectives

• Advanced our employee relations capacity building processes and conducted a capacity building process with our shop stewards for 

wage negotiations in 2024

• Provided wellness sessions to manage mental health, gender-based violence and stigmatisation 
• Conducted a culture and engagement survey to track the efficacy and progress of culture integration
• Progressed the DEI strategy, with a strong drive around women in mining, inclusivity and workplace harassment

Employee turnover
• Average rate of 4.5% due to abscondment, death, incapacity, 

dismissal, resignation and retirement (2022: 4.4%)

• 83.81% of employees in bargaining units (2022: 82.37%)
• 16.19% of employees in management and specialist category 

(2022: 17.62%)

Employment equity
• Certified level 2 BEE contributor
• Achieved employment equity targets over the past five years (aligned 

with Mining Charter III) 

• Addressing women in senior management targets with new 

employment equity plans for the next five years (aligned with DEI 
strategy)

Housing
• 1 379 permanent employees received mortgage repayment 

Trade union representation
•  5 376 employees (79%) (2022: 5 276) were represented by affiliated 

subsidies for first-time home buyers since 2017 

• 42 employees live in converted hostels (single-quarter 

accommodation or family units) 

• Housing allowance paid to 2 213 employees with a registered 

bond (2022: 2 272) 

• Living-out allowance paid to 3 271 employees renting 

accommodation (2022: 3 594) 

Workplace harassment
• Conducted workplace harassment training and interventions 
in response to sexual harassment cases reported in 2022

• Zero sexual harassment cases reported this year

Share ownership
Each GreenShare beneficiary received a R10 209.92 cash payment 

unions recognised by Exxaro (National Union of Mineworkers, 
Solidarity, Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union, Food 
and Allied Workers Union, and National Union of Metalworkers of South 
Africa)

• Multiple three-year wage agreements signed in 2021 remained 

effective. These agreements will expire in June 2024, and plans are 
underway to hold wage negotiations with organised labour, with a view 
to potentially signing another three-year wage deal

Eliminating discrimination and resolving grievances
• No alleged discrimination cases or grievances were filed (2022: zero)

  Cennergi consistently meets job creation targets and did not incur 

contract termination points or penalties from the DMRE in 2023

In advancing our DEI journey, we plan to launch a new DEI e-learning programme to provide a comprehensive 
training opportunity for employees. We will also focus on achieving the objectives set out in our performance 
achievement framework, namely:
• Supporting the performance achievement process and facilitating the integration of Exxaro’s culture and 

leadership philosophy 

• Empowering managers and their teams in the performance management process
• Creating an environment where all employees have a sense of belonging and bring their full selves to work
• Ensuring aligned business performance and providing clarity on individual and team 

contribution, accountability and access to customised development

• Ensuring the performance management process is ethical, equitable, objective, fair, transparent, consistent 

and credible 

102 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Talent management
We empower our employees by offering learning and skills development opportunities to ensure a healthy talent 
pipeline of core and critical skills. Our community-based skills development programmes, which are aimed at 
educating marginalised groups and youths, support our employment equity targets and ensure a feeder line of 
trained and skilled candidates. 

Attracting, developing and retaining skilled people strengthens our ability to deliver on strategic objectives, ensure business continuity and 
preserve the value we create for our employees and communities. Talent management is a critical sustainability factor and part of our 
employee value proposition. 

We achieve this through:
• Our talent management strategy and delivering against its strategic objectives: This strategy outlines our approach to strategic 

workforce and talent planning, leadership and capability development, compliance training and reporting, and talent pipeline development 
activities 

• Measuring and reporting our performance through KPIs: We annually identify and measure KPIs as part of the strategic dashboard for 
talent management and people and performance. Talent management and review processes aim to identify and prepare suitable internal 
candidates for positions while building a leadership pipeline to address skills shortages 

• Monitoring the relevance of our training programme: Our people and performance and digital value chain teams keep informed of 
technological advances in training to ensure our programmes are up to date (including Adapting to 4IR on MyNexxt, Power BI and 
dashboards, and our data science programme language curriculum) 

• Cross-platform education and training: We offer classroom-based training, e-learning platforms, simulators, virtual reality, webinars and 

masterclasses – thereby broadening the scope of learning opportunities

Cennergi prioritises internal recruitment of high-potential employees to retain talent and grow management expertise. 
Employees receive STIs based on individual and company performance. Cennergi invests 1% of its payroll in employee 
training and development. Line managers conduct performance appraisals twice a year to determine training and 
development needs.

Our performance 

Zero talent management-
related grievances lodged in 
2023 (2022: zero)

R193.5 million invested in job-
related skills development 
(functional and technical 
training) (2022: R198 million)

R7.6 million invested in 
community development, 
such as portable skills training 
(2022: R8.2 million)

R126.6 million invested in 
bursaries, training professionals, 
internships, learnerships and 
skills programmes 
(2022: R101 million)

R22 million in support for 
Youth Employment Service 
(YES) partners to train and 
develop youth from our host 
communities (2022: R10 million)

126 employees (89% black 
people and 58% black women) 
in our 24-month mentoring 
programme (2022: 40)

R0.95 million invested in adult 
education and training (2022: 
R1.57 million)

Appointed 16 external Paterson 
D band (middle management) 
and 43 internal candidates 
(2022: 16 and 40) 

Appointed three external black 
candidates and nine internal 
black candidates Paterson E 
band (senior management) 
candidates (2022: one and three 
respectively)

People development training expenditure

Total training (Rm)

Total training (% of total payroll)

Training of black people (Rm)

Black people trained (% of total payroll)

2023

358

6.22

318

5.54

2022

331

6.0

275

5.0

2021

276

5.8

222

4.7

In accordance with its aim to further the objectives of diversity and inclusion in the energy sector, Cennergi recruited 
eight new employees in 2023, of whom 75% were female (six African women) and 25% were male (two African men).

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 103

Building momentum with people continued

We track our performance against the strategic objectives of the talent management strategy:

Use digital 
platforms

Enhance employee 
experience

Build relevant 
future skills and 
competencies 

Build a talent 
pipeline 
representative of 
economically active 
populations

Build a talent 
pipeline for energy 
and minerals 
businesses

Establish healthy 
strategic partner 
relations

*  South Africans at local universities.

• 1 033 employees registered for open-source online courses (LinkedIn, Udemy, Coursera, 
Open Sesame and OTT University). Overall, 70% utilisation was achieved during 2023

• 91 309 compliance-related courses, ensuring safety, health and environmental compliance, 

completed through MyNexxt

• 109 745 training interventions on the MyNexxt e-learning platform as part of our Digital@Exxaro 

strategy and aligned with connect2NEXT and smart workforce initiatives (2022: 96 665)
• Achieved 63% utilisation on Powering Knowledge community SMME e-learning platform
• Offered multiple courses and learning interventions on ESG and risk, performance, IT and 

cybersecurity, and management

Line managers are no longer required to approve employment applications made by their team 
members, allowing employees to freely explore internal growth opportunities. This resulted in an 
increase in internal applications, with 1 598 applications in the Paterson DL band and higher in 2023 
compared to 760 in 2022. We also reintroduced a revamped employee referral reward programme, 
which offers employees rewards for referring successfully appointed candidates. 

• 306 employees attended various leadership programmes (2022: 83) and 162 enrolled 

in management programmes (2022: 181)

• 30 employees enrolled in the University of Cape Town Graduate School of Business Women 

in Leadership programme (2022: 21) 

• We are in the process of developing a capability system tool to guide employees on  capability and 
capacity building to advance their careers with various learning and development opportunities

• Rolled out several leadership programmes to employees on various Paterson band levels and 
provided university-accredited short courses in competencies to support new capabilities
• Refreshed our talent management strategy in 2023 to support capability development and 

succession planning for management and specialist roles

• Implemented the employee referral programme to address challenges in recruiting qualified black 

women

• 32.5% D band (2022: 30.8%) and 25.3% E band (2022: 35.4%) 
• Improved spend on bursaries awarded to black people studying through Department of Higher 

Education and Training accredited institutions to the planned target score on the B-BBEE strategic 
dashboard. The subscore for this B-BBEE element improved to 0.44% (2022: 0.19%) 

• Updated our recruitment policy to align with the DEI strategy and created a new people with 

disabilities policy

• Female employees represent 31.2% of our workforce (2022: 29%) 
• 61% female professionals in training graduates (2022: 50%) 
• 61% black women full-time bursars in engineering and mining disciplines* 
• 55% women in learnership and internship feeder schemes (2022: 56%) 
• 11 black women sponsored at technical and vocational education and training colleges to improve 

access to formal learnerships such as artisan training (2022: 31)

• 25 black South Africans (56% black women) with disabilities supported at local tertiary institutions 

for full-time studies (2022: 20) 

• 23 internships for black people with disabilities appointed in 2023 (12 of whom are black women)

• 85 professionals in training programme graduates in our talent pipeline (96% black South Africans) 

(2022: 89) at a cost of R55 million (2022: R42.6 million)

• 54 full-time bursars in engineering and mining disciplines (2022: 52)*
• R1.1 million invested in bursaries to address engineering skills shortages (2022: R3.8 million) 
• 10 matriculants supported in Edumap maths and science bridging programme (2022: 10) 
• 12 full-time bursaries for tertiary studies awarded to Edumap students who are youth from Exxaro’s 

communities (2022: none)

• Submitted annual workplace skills plans and training reports to the Mining Qualifications Authority; 

Mining Charter compliance to the DMRE; and B-BBEE scores to the dtic including employee 
information, spend, training and development programmes. We received R50.5 million of skills levy 
tax paid back in grants 

• Actioned two Yes4Youth initiatives to improve the employability of youths from our communities

Our focus is on enabling responsive, agile talent acquisition to fill critical vacancies and providing a 
marketplace for internal employment opportunities, supported by an online platform. We are also 
focusing on streamlining our internal policies to reduce the number of policies and improve policy 
management and employee access. 

Legacy artisan trade qualifications expired at the end of 2023. This will require involvement in newly 
developed qualifications through the Quality Council for Trades and Occupations.

104 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Respecting and upholding human rights
We believe that all people have inherent fundamental human rights regardless of their 
differences. We are therefore committed to respecting and protecting the human rights of all 
employees and stakeholders. We strive to be a responsible steward of natural assets and social 
capital to uplift host communities.

Recognising that our operations could cause adverse human rights impacts, we have a human rights policy (updated in 2022) which outlines 
our expectations of employees, suppliers, business partners and other parties directly linked to our operations, products and services. We 
also perform regular due diligence reviews to identify, prevent, mitigate and account for our response to human rights impacts.

We address key human rights issues in the following areas:
• Governance and ethics
• Equal opportunities/non-discrimination and transformation
• Human rights in the workplace
• Security
• Freedom of association and the right to collective bargaining
• Safety and health in the work environment
• Environmental management and conservation
• Respect for all communities

Cennergi ensures human rights considerations are adequately managed and addressed through human resources policies and 
a code of conduct and grievance procedure aligned with South African human rights legislation. Cennergi is also committed to 
the IFC’s Performance Standard 2 on labour and working conditions, which requires companies to treat their workers fairly, 
provide safe and healthy working conditions, avoid using child or forced labour and identify related risks in their primary 
supply chain. Consistent with Exxaro, employees can report human rights violations to supervisors, line managers, the people 
and performance department or anonymously through Exxaro’s fraud and ethics hotline.

Our performance

Exxaro is trending positively 
against the five global trends listed 
in the Ethics & Compliance 
Initiative’s Global Business Ethics 
Survey® 2023 report

196 employees participated in DEI 
courses (such as workplace 
harassment and diversity and 
inclusion) during the year

There were no human rights 
grievances lodged against 
Exxaro in 2023

191 fraud and ethics allegations 
were reported (164 to the fraud 
and ethics hotline) managed by 
internal audit (2022: 213)

23% resulted in disciplinary 
inquiries 

Out of the 22 disciplinary hearings 
that were concluded, 19 ended with 
findings of guilt, while one resulted 
in a not-guilty verdict (2022: 41)

Two employees brought Exxaro 
before the Council of Conciliation, 
Mediation and Arbitration. In one 
instance, the Commissioner decided 
in favour of Exxaro, and in the other 
instance, the matter was resolved 
through a mutual agreement (2022: 
none)

We conducted an evaluation of Exxaro’s business relationships with suppliers referenced in the state capture report and developed 
guidelines on how to deal with suppliers mentioned adversely in the media.

We experienced delays in appointing a partner to conduct a due diligence review on our processes, 
however, due diligence is now underway with completion anticipated in the second quarter of 2024. Our 
focus will then be on addressing the gaps identified in the review and conducting training for employees. 
We also plan to roll out the ablution facilities project in 2024, which is currently in the planning phase.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 105

Social impact

Our social and relationship capital refers to mutually beneficial 
relationships that provide our social licence to operate. To ensure we 
have a holistic, positive and lasting impact on our people, communities 
and society at large, we conduct our business activities in a way that 
promotes development and success for us and our stakeholders.

How we deliver value through our social and 
relationship capital
We strive to leave a positive legacy in our communities by 
implementing large-scale community development initiatives. We 
deliver value and achieve tangible impact through the Social 
Impact strategy, which focuses on land use management, 
education and SMME development. 

The strategy is a proactive response to mitigate the systemic 
social challenges in our communities through a long-term 
perspective. When viewed through the lens of the SDGs, this will 
have a lasting positive impact on communities and reduce poverty 
by combining multidimensional approaches that address 
education, economic wellbeing and access to land for economic 
activity. The strategy will also allow us to influence other areas of 
wellbeing without additional investment. 

The strategy enables us to deliver impact at scale through the 
following key principles:
• A market-based approach that integrates social, environmental 

and economic outcomes

• Long-term planning, aligned to the life of operations and 

incorporating post-mining livelihoods

• Design for larger projects that will enable multiplier effects
• Optimising existing resources and capabilities and recognising 

the power of partnerships

The value we deliver through the Social Impact strategy is 
supported by:
• Social Impact strategy funding structures: These support the achievement of social impact by serving as conduits for community 

donations and sponsorships

• Incorporating social impact principles in future planning: We plan future SLPs in accordance with social impact principles and impact 

areas in consultation with communities and government when developing municipal integrated development plans. We also consider social 
impact principles in future mining and energy operations. Through localised, in-sourced project management we develop intellectual 
capital to leverage continuous improvement in SLP delivery 

The investment we make in our communities demonstrates the importance we place 
on our social responsibility. Guided by sustainability, stakeholder inclusiveness and 
collaboration, we uplift and develop our host communities to build better futures. 

106 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

 Material theme

Matter

Supporting our strategy

Our broader impact

Building 
sustainable 
communities

• Social licence to operate (including 

• Empower people to create 

impact

• Become a catalyst for 
economic growth and 
environmental stewardship

community relations, collaboration and 
engagement)

• Supporting a just transition to a low-carbon 

economy

• Ensuring human rights are respected and 

upheld 

• Social acceptance and community unrest 
• Job and business creation
• Value sharing 
• Resettlement and land use

Performance snapshot

Exxaro’s 
social and 
relationship 
capital

Investments in our 
social and 
relationship 
capital

 Improving our 
outcomes 
(business model, 
page 20)

• The relationships that provide our social licence to operate
• The impact we have on our communities, stakeholders and society at large

R223.51 million invested by Exxaro and Cennergi in socio-economic and enterprise 
development programmes (2022: R205.81 million)

• Completed the municipal capacity building programme
• Started phase 2 of the Phumulani agri-village food garden
• Contributed significant value to local communities through targeted procurement initiatives
• Trained farmers and connected them to markets as part of the minerals succession programme

• Continuously seek ways to engage and maintain relationships of mutual respect and benefit with 

our stakeholders 
– Partnership with Women in Mining Business, a national association that promotes female 

participation in mining value chain opportunities
– Developed support structures for black contractors
– Attended the Lephalale Investment Summit 
– Consultation with communities and government when developing municipal integrated 

development plans

• Maintain a robust ESG framework to enable strategic decision making and governance while 

considering our long history and purpose to guide our transition within the context of our local and 
global realities 
– Incorporated ESG-aligned strategic priorities into the supply chain sustainability policy

Looking 
ahead

Our long-term commitments aim to enhance our shift towards greater social impact. To achieve this, we 
have:
• Undertaken to develop baseline assessments for ECD in Lephalale and Mpumalanga. In Mpumalanga 

the process will be concluded in the second quarter of 2024

• Invested in land use management. The minerals succession programme portfolio is defined and plans 

developed for implementation

• Embedded the end-to-end supplier development framework
• Developed community stakeholder engagement plans

DETAILED DISCLOSURE

Read co-creating and preserving value with communities (ESG report, page 92) for details about our approach and performance.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 107

  
    
  
 
 
 
  
Social impact continued
Co-creating and preserving value with communities 
We manage and mitigate the positive and negative impacts of our activities on the environment and society by creating socio-economic development 
in our communities as we pursue operational efficiency, growth and regulatory compliance. 

We achieve tangible impact in our communities through the three pillars of the Social Impact strategy:
• Land use management (minerals succession programme)

– We ensure black emerging farmers have access to resources that guarantee the sustainability of their businesses. We provide holistic support 

through mechanisation, inputs, access to markets, funding and skills development to enable emerging farmers to commercialise their businesses

• Education

– Our education initiatives aim to improve the quality of school education, and target ECD and whole school development

• SMME development

– We provide financial support, skills development and training to SMMEs to improve their service/product delivery and increase the 

representation of local black-owned suppliers in our supply chain

ESD
Our ESD programme is a critical element of the Social Impact strategy and our purpose of powering better lives in Africa and beyond. ESD initiatives 
provide financial and non-financial support to small businesses in areas where we operate, thereby promoting economic transformation and 
establishing sustainable communities. The programme delivers sustained stakeholder value by securing our licence to operate while being financially 
self-sustaining; reducing enterprise-wide supply chain risk; and supporting economic transformation by growing the number and size of black-owned 
businesses.

Supply chain sustainability
Our supply chain sustainability activities integrate supply chain choices that support socio-economic development, preferential procurement, ethical 
conduct and our climate change response. Sustainable procurement and supply chain processes are critical components of our social and 
environmental responsibilities as we are sensitive to South Africa’s socio-economic challenges, and the effects of climate change on our supply chain. 

Our performance

Socio-economic development and CSI

Exxaro

Cennergi

R86.91 million invested in social investment projects for socio-
economic development (SLPs and CSI) (2022: R181.31 million)

R25.3 million invested in socio-economic development initiatives, 
including education, welfare, agriculture development and health 
(2022: R24.5 million)

• 41 867 community members benefited from CSI projects 

• 350 jobs created, positively impacting more than 4 500 people 

(2022: 1.17 million)

• 29 jobs created for SLPs (2022: 83) 

Implementation of our prevailing five-year SLPs experienced delays due to challenges with small enterprises and suppliers lacking relevant skills, 
maturity and capabilities. The difficult economic environment also impacted the viability of these enterprises and suppliers, with some withdrawing 
due to liquidation. We are managing these challenges through ESD interventions aimed at building capabilities. In addition, a developmental 
approach through technical and administrative mentoring support has been given by the project teams to guide local contractors.

We will continue to drive delivery of the Social Impact strategy in terms of education, land use management and SMME development, as well as 
create value through collaboration and partnerships. We also plan to advance the Impact Catalyst’s integrated waste management study and will be 
moving the material recovery facility and waste advocacy proposals into implementation phase. We are seeking funding partners for the viable 
feasibilities.

ESD

Retained 355 jobs (2022: 1 037)

Spent R111.3 million (2022: R2 912 million), positively impacting 14 
qualifying small enterprises and exempt micro-enterprises, and one 
youth-owned and nine women-owned businesses 

ESD approvals since programme inception have combined grants and loans. Approvals have steadily increased since their drop in 2020, which was 
caused by a poor pipeline of funding applications related to challenges from COVID-19 and a distressed economy. The ESD programme reached self-
sustainability at the end of 2022, meaning the loan fund was able to ensure compliance and support new beneficiaries through loan repayments, 
instead of annual funding from Exxaro’s budget. The 2023 funding is from loan repayments and will ensure that Exxaro’s overall B-BBEE 
performance target is achieved.

We are focused on streamlining our ESD process and building the capabilities of our small enterprises and suppliers. We plan to implement an end-
to-end supplier development framework in 2024 to improve the conversion from prospective to actual suppliers and support first-time contractors 
to deliver on their contractual obligations. We are also rolling out a tender readiness programme in 2024 to improve the capabilities of small 
enterprises in our host communities to respond to requests for quotations. 

To augment our existing ESD funding, we intend to leverage additional funding through co-funding.

Supply chain sustainability

More than R1.3 billion of our procurement spend was directed to 263 
local black-owned SMMEs (2022: R1.09 billion; 246)

Local contracts worth R1.9 billion were awarded to 31 suppliers 
(2022: R525 million; 38)

We developed support structures for black contractors and simplified the onboarding process with a supplier portal. 

Our future focus areas include:
• Providing more procurement opportunities to SMMEs from host communities through targeted expenditure and skills development 
• Driving the adoption of green procurement initiatives
• Improving the systems and technologies to track our spend on green products, with the goal of increasing this spend 
• Prioritising investing in understanding the causes and impacts of disruptions (climate and non-climate related) to our supply chain

108 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our environmental stewardship

Exxaro’s natural capital is the resources on which we rely to run our 
business and create the products and services we deliver to our 
stakeholders. Our natural capital impact encompasses climate change 
adaptation and resilience, air quality, energy, water security, waste 
management, biodiversity protection, and environmental liabilities, land 
management and rehabilitation.

How we deliver value through our natural capital
We understand that mining can result in long-lasting environmental impacts if unmanaged. Our strategy continues to guide our approach in 
managing our environmental impact – protecting the natural resources on which we rely. We manage the impact of our activities on the 
environment and society by incorporating performance principles into our ESG management systems, environmental policies and practices. 
We comply with local legislation, management standards, and current and future-based best practice. 

Exxaro’s wheel of excellence ensures our approach to environmental stewardship is consistent across the group. It effectively integrates new 
assets to align our BUs in implementation, compliance, monitoring and 
reporting processes. It also guides BUs in acquiring necessary 
competencies.

We deliver value and prevent its erosion through:
• Environmental management programmes that comply with applicable 

legislation, ensuring that all activities requiring licences are fully licensed

• Management standards that are integrated into our environmental 

management activities

• Incident management and reporting through a standardised system – 

ensuring our BUs manage incidents effectively and efficiently to minimise 
negative impact. We immediately report incidents and mitigation 
measures to relevant authorities

• NEMA’s precautionary principle against which we evaluate our 

environmental impacts

• Our efforts to exceed minimum regulatory requirements and enable 

consistent compliance – ensuring we respect and uphold human rights, 
and maintain our environmental licence to operate

• Performance rewards through the group STI scheme, aligned with our 
decarbonisation plan and Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy, to 
motivate employees to uphold these standards

• Stakeholder engagement and collaboration to address and respond to 
concerns, work together to achieve mutual benefits, and contribute to 
environmental and socio-economic development initiatives, among 
others

Responsibly managing and mitigating the negative impacts of our activities on the 
environment is critical to enabling the success and long-term sustainability of our 
business, and ensuring we create a sustainable future for our employees, 
communities and the planet.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 109

 Material theme

Matter

Supporting our strategy

Our broader impact

Adapting to a 
changing context

Responsible 
environmental 
stewardship

Executing our 
strategy

Principled 
governance

Performance snapshot

Exxaro’s 
natural capital

Investments in 
our natural 
capital

 Improving 
our outcomes 
(business model, 
page 20)

• Supporting a just transition to a low-carbon 

• Make our minerals and 

energy businesses thrive
• Be carbon neutral by 2050
• Become a catalyst for 
economic growth and 
environmental stewardship

economy 

• Managing our pollution
• Carbon emissions reduction
• Environmental incidents
• Water stewardship
• Waste management
• Impact of climate change
• Closure planning and rehabilitation 

management

• Biodiversity management

• Build a leading global energy solutions 

business

• Embedding ESG in response to increased 

regulation and for sustainability

• Legal, regulatory and compliance excellence

• 74.83Mtpa RoM
• Land we manage and rehabilitate (active and inactive mines) 
• Water we consume
• The diesel and electricity we use

• Supporting research and development in climate change
• Created awareness and provided training and education across all environmental topics for our employees, 

contractors and communities 

• Invested over R1.5 billion in the LSP to reduce scope 2 emissions, manage climate-related risks and leverage 

opportunities

• Mine responsibly

– No fines or penalties recorded
– Improving disclosure through participating in the CDP forestation programme
– Collected one year’s consistent data on air pollutants at Grootegeluk – a key result of the multi-pollutant 

ambient air quality monitor installed 

– Adoption of water intensity targets 
• Minimise our environmental impacts

– Improvement in energy intensity against the consolidated group GJ target 
– Fuel cleaning system launched at Mafube
– Recalibrating the Grootegeluk water balance model to improve overall water management
– Mobile reverse osmosis plant commissioned at our Belfast operation
– Improving dirty and clean water separation, and preventing groundwater contamination with improved waste 

management at operations

• Actively participate in the just energy transition to a low-carbon economy

– Land use management integrated into our Social Impact strategy
– Progressed against our decarbonisation journey and identified various decarbonisation projects and 

opportunities for implementation in the short to medium term

• Active land management

– Started rehabilitation at Durnacol dump 7 and Tshikondeni dump

• Ensure biodiversity stewardship

– Adopted nature-based solutions that enable biodiversity protection and restoration, positively contribute to 

our broader social impact, and include benefits such as carbon offsetting and credits

• Reduce the risk of stranded assets

– We focus on sustaining our business to maximise our returns in executing our early value strategy. 

Investments are reviewed, optimised and scheduled in line with our capital excellence journey. We continue 
to review and optimise our coal portfolio of assets

• Optimise our production and sales mix in line with our market to resource optimisation strategy 

– Our robust and diverse product portfolio, resulting from the early value strategy and our market to resource 
optimisation initiatives, enabled us to optimise our product mix, resulting in record price realisation of 97% in 
2023

• Continue improving our good cost control and resource efficiency

– Our operational excellence programme enabled by data sciences and advanced analytics  provides data-

driven insights to improve efficiencies and optimise costs, which is critical in protecting our business during 
volatile economic conditions

To further improve our performance and sustainability, we are looking into strategic partnerships, 
applying green technologies and sound environmental management tools.

DETAILED DISCLOSURE

Read the environment chapter (ESG report, page 32) for details about our approach and performance.

110 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

  
  
  
  
  
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Climate change adaptation and resilience
From governance to strategy, risk management and capital allocation, among others, climate change and its impact on our 
business and stakeholders are central to our thinking and actions. Our ability to create sustained value now and into the 
future drives our response to the climate change agenda.

Our employees, contractors, customers, suppliers and communities play a critical role in our ability to address climate change issues. 
Exxaro’s collaborative, inclusive and partnership approach to climate change enables us to continue on our journey of being carbon neutral in 
a just manner.

Aligned with TCFD recommendations, Exxaro’s Climate Change Response strategy and decarbonisation plan guide our approach to 
mitigating the impact of and addressing climate change while prioritising adaptation and building resilience. 

To achieve this, we are:

Prioritising
adaptation and
resilience of our 
operations and host 
communities

Reducing our carbon 
footprint

We consider the external climate-related risks we face; the systems, processes and projects we 
implement; and awareness created through communication, education and training for stakeholders 
across our value chain

Our decarbonisation plan outlines our journey to reduce our carbon footprint and ultimately become 
carbon neutral by 2050. Supported by analytics tools that inform strategic decision making, we 
include climate change metrics in scorecards, and climate change is embedded in our capital 
allocation model

Supporting research and 
development

We are investing extensively in developing knowledge of climate change, energy and sustainability. 
We prioritise innovation, research and development, and collaboration on sustainability issues with 
value chain stakeholders

Monitoring, measuring 
and reporting data and 
performance

Internally, we use monthly energy and carbon data reporting and the operating control accounting 
approach; track carbon and energy reductions using the STI scheme at group and BU levels to inform 
employee and executive reward performance; and continuously investigate data solutions for real-
time feedback, which we believe will allow us to respond quickly to emerging issues and 
opportunities to reduce our emissions. Externally, we participate in the CDP climate, water and 
forestation programmes

Read more about our response to climate change

Climate Change Response strategy

Climate change position statement 

CDP

TCFD Index

Investor tab under integrated reports 2020 Sustainability tab

www.cdp.net

Databook

Transitioning into a low-carbon business
ESG report, page 12

Decarbonisation plan
ESG report, page 14

Climate change adaptation and resilience
ESG report, page 36

Responding to TCFD reporting requirements, page 120

Our performance
Prioritising adaptation and resilience

Planted 100 trees on rehabilitated land at Belfast 
as part of adopted nature-based solutions and 100 trees 
at Matla to create a wind break and mitigate the impact of 
dust from the area

Introduced a pilot for a carbon footprint calculator 
mobile app for employees

Established strategic partnerships with several 
stakeholders to ensure we leverage all opportunities 
presented in using nature-based solutions

Engaged with the South African National Biodiversity 
Institute on guidance for the use of nature-based solutions to 
offset emissions at our operations. We have invested in two 
Spekboom pilot carbon offset projects

Our awareness, training and education initiatives not only deepen our knowledge as an organisation, but also stimulate behaviour change in 
pursuit of climate change adaptation and resilience at our operations and in communities. 

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

111

Our environmental stewardship continued

Key initiatives implemented this year included:
• Exxaro climate change masterclasses: Exxaro has been facilitating climate change masterclasses for the past two years as part of 

employee awareness, education and behaviour change. Classes are held throughout the year

• The decarbonisation campaign and the climate change course: The first phase of the campaign encouraged employees to participate in a 

10-week personal decarbonisation challenge and complete the innovative climate change course. Weekly challenges on LetsConnect 
encourage and reward planet-saving behaviours.  The second phase is planned for 2024 and will focus on decarbonisation projects being 
implemented at BUs

• Employee carbon footprint calculator app pilot: The app is a gamified platform that tracks, calculates and quantifies an employee’s 

emissions profile

• Community awareness and education: For the past two years, Exxaro has run these campaigns to create awareness and educate 

community members about climate change issues. Topics include the negative impact of pollutants on the environment and their health. 
Campaigns align with the goals of our Social Impact strategy, and going forward will include an increased focus on embedding knowledge 
and assisting communities with access to renewable energy

20% decrease in carbon intensity 
to 4.4tCO2e/kTTM (2022: 5.54tCO2e/kTTM)

Scope 1*:  1.4tCO2e/kTTM) 
(2022: 1.90tCO2e/kTTM)

Scope 2*: 2.96tCO2e/
kTTM 
(2022: 3.64tCO2e/kTTM)

The 68MW LSP at 
Grootegeluk, designed to 
reduce our emissions by 
161ktCO2e, achieved financial 
close on 29 June 2023 and 
construction activities began 
thereafter

R2 797 million 
carbon tax liability paid for 
production-related 
emissions, ie fugitive 
methane emissions 
associated with the coal seam

8.5% decrease in scope 3** emissions 
to 68 156ktCO2e (2022: 74 488ktCO2e)

Re-baselined our short-term decarbonisation plan 
emissions to reflect 2022 as the new baseline year 

Reducing 
our carbon 
footprint

*All of Exxaro’s BUs’ carbon emissions are taken into account for these two intensity calculations.
** Scope 3 emissions for domestic sales.

Carbon intensity decreased by 20% due to energy efficiency measures at our operations. Ongoing operational efficiency programmes 
implemented include working with our engineering teams and a service provider to identify potential group-wide projects to implement at 
our operations with significantly high energy usage. We are systematically reducing the emissions of our Grootegeluk vehicle fleet by 
addressing logistics constraints using analytics tools and implementing optimisation solutions that include:
•  Mine digitalisation
•  Dispatch and fleet allocation optimisation
•  Truck payload management
•  Shovel and truck cycle variability management
•  Road condition and construction opportunities
•  Out-of-cycle waste reduction  

We continue efforts of promoting renewable energy as a cost-effective technology through the anaerobic biodigester programme, which was 
launched with SANEDI and UNISA in 2019.

Our operational efficiency drive aims to address challenges experienced in delayed internal reporting.

R63 million invested
to date to support 
research and development 
(2022: R8.9 million)

Supporting 
research and 
development

Monitoring, 
measuring and 
reporting data and 
performance

CDP scores 
Climate: B (management 
category)

Water: B (management 
category)

Exxaro participated in COP28 climate change deliberations and sponsored the South 
African COP pavilion. Key developments that Exxaro benefited from include 
decarbonisation technologies, fossil fuel sector, the Global Stocktake Report outcomes, 
developments in carbon markets, quantifying scope 3 emissions, carbon markets and 
trading, just transition developments, phasing out of fossil fuels, loss and damage fund, 
global adaptation fund, green finance, increasing renewable energy capacity and climate 
lobbying.

Our CDP scores indicate that we are taking coordinated action on climate and water 
security issues. To improve our performance, we are strengthening our efforts to 
demonstrate best practice in strategy and action as recognised by frameworks such as 
the TCFD, Accountability Framework and others.

Our primary focus areas in 2024 include climate adaptation (at our operations and host communities), and using 
climate-related data to predict the impacts of extreme weather events on our operations, communities and social 
impact programmes. 

In addition, we will intensify energy efficiency and mitigation efforts at BUs.  We are evaluating various opportunities 
to reduce emissions, including biofuels, compressed natural gas, electric vehicles, carbon and methane capture and 
storage, solar farms, nature-based solutions and carbon offsets.

Our Climate Change Response strategy and position statement will be reviewed and updated in 2024 to 
incorporate the latest developments in climate science and climate frameworks. We will also be setting green 
procurement targets for our supply chain strategy.

Commercial operations of the LSP are expected to commence in the first quarter of 2025.  

112

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Air quality management
Addressing the deterioration of air quality remains one of our top priorities, as pollution has significant negative 
environmental and social impacts. Our risk-based approach ensures that we continue striving for air pollution reduction for 
our people and planet. 

Pollutants such as dust and particulate matter (PM) emanate from opencast mining activities that unavoidably generate dust, posing health 
and safety risks and negatively impacting the environment. 

To address this, we aim to progressively reduce air quality emissions (dust fallout, PM10 and PM2.5) within our operating boundary. Our 
approach ensures compliance with environmental legislation and regulatory requirements, and incorporates:

Prioritising
 adaptation and
resilience of our
operations and host
communities

We regularly assess our plans and mitigation measures to ensure they remain effective. We also 
expand our monitoring network and systematically improve our approach to maintain our target of 
100% monitoring at all operations, and to continuously increase the granularity of data. Our air 
quality management plans enable the development and implementation of sustainable air pollution 
reduction measures for current and future operations

To reduce the significant impacts on the environment and our host communities, these measures 
include: 
• Chemical and wet dust suppression on unpaved roads and open ground (with additives to improve 

effectiveness)

• Limited drop heights during offloading activities
• Vehicle speed control with proximity detection systems and speed limiters
• Vegetation on topsoil stockpiles and overburden material
• Blast design optimisation (considering wind conditions)
• Planting trees as windbreaks as implemented at our Belfast operation 

Our dust monitoring networks ensure effective air quality management and compliance with the 
National Dust Control Regulations. These regulations allow two non-residential and residential 
exceedances per operation in a year (not within sequential months)

Campaigns empower our communities to change their behaviour and mindsets – highlighting the 
health impacts of using domestic fuels and assisting communities with access to renewable energy

Best practice
 prevention and 
mitigation measures

Monitoring, measuring 
and reporting data 
(including continuous 
research and 
development of new
 dust suppression and
 air pollution mitigation 
technologies)

Awareness and 
education campaigns
 for various
 stakeholders

Our performance

One non-residential dust fallout exceedance
(2022: none)

Two residential dust fallout exceedances (at Matla)
(2022: two at Matla)

We apply the non-residential limit for compliance assessment because our operations are located in industrial areas. In areas where host 
communities are located close to our operations, we apply the residential limit compliance assessment. During the year, Exxaro intensified all 
efforts to prevent and mitigate dust fallout. 

The multi-pollutant monitor installed at Grootegeluk is in trial phase. The monitor will measure SO2, PM and NOx, all of which are pollutants 
that can impact health and the environment. Calibration activities on the monitor during 2023 ensured credibility, good quality results and 
proper placement to minimise breakdowns and provide security. 

For the past two years, we have run communication campaigns on air pollution and GHG emissions in our communities to raise awareness 
about the environmental impacts associated with mining activities. Quarterly feedback sessions ensure campaigns remain relevant and help 
us determine how we can assist communities in reducing the impact of mining activities.

We aim to continue:
• Working with government and other stakeholders on air quality management
• Improving and reporting on our performance 
• Addressing stakeholder expectations 

We plan to report monitored data in 2024, which will provide valuable insights about the impact on 
sensitive receptors and contribute to regional efforts of effectively monitoring and managing air quality 
within the Waterberg-Bojanala priority area to reduce impacts on health and the environment. This is 
critical for us to deliver on the strategic objectives of our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

113

Energy efficiency
Energy efficiency is a critical component of our decarbonisation journey. Managing our consumption and pursuing 
alternative energy sources in a just and sustainable manner will ensure our long-term resilience, enabling further progress 
towards transitioning into a low-carbon business.

Our energy efficiency efforts are critical for us to achieve our goal of being carbon neutral by 2050. Exxaro’s energy and carbon management 
programme outlines how we reduce our direct emissions and energy consumption. The programme is supported by: 

Monitoring, 
measuring and 
reporting 
performance using 
targets and the 
productivity and 
energy management 
services

Creating awareness 
through education 
and training to drive 
energy-saving 
behaviour 

Our performance

Each operation has energy intensity targets linked to the group STI scheme. Targets are based on 
the outcomes of current state and opportunity scoping reviews, which began at Grootegeluk in 
2021. The outcomes of the reviews also informed interventions to reduce energy consumption 
and GHG emissions to improve intensity (GJ per total tonnes handled). 

Our people and performance, business improvement and information management teams drive 
behaviour change among employees, who in turn support efforts to establish energy management 
systems. Engineering teams champion energy-saving initiatives and motivate behaviour 
transformation. We discuss performance in monthly forums at each BU. 

Electrical energy intensity decreased to 3.11MWh/kt
(2022: 3.37MWh/kt)

Diesel energy intensity decreased to 4.39MWh/kt
(2022: 4.88MWh/kt)

Electricity consumption increased to 590 931MWh
(2022: 590 078MWh)

Diesel consumption increased to 83 629kl
(2022: 83 226kl)

Total energy consumed increased to 5 219 390GJ
(2022: 5 211 418GJ)

Our primary energy sources included 41% electricity (2022: 40.7%) and 59% diesel (2022: 59%). Total energy consumed increased by 0.15%

Total electricity and diesel intensity decreased in 2023 by 9% based on the increase in RoM tonnages and improvement in energy and 
productivity performance in the mining areas across BUs. 

Based on the 8.64% increase in RoM tonnages, electrical energy intensity decreased by 7.72% and diesel energy intensity decreased 
by 10.04%.

According to our group STI scheme rules, Belfast, Leeuwpan, Matla and FerroAlloys met energy intensity targets, while Grootegeluk  and the 
group did not. The group did not achieve its 2023 energy intensity STI target based on the 2023 GIS rules. However, comparing the group 
total consolidated energy intensity performance for 2022 with that of 2023 (in GJ/kilotonne) shows that there was an improvement in 
energy intensity performance year on year. The energy intensity performance for 2022 in GJ/kilotonne was 29.59 with the 2023 
performance at 27.43, which represents a reasonable improvement in energy intensity performance year on year.

We experienced challenges in data acquisition (validity, frequency and resolution) in the second quarter of 2023, which impacted our ability 
to analyse, respond and correct declining energy performance at Grootegeluk. We are improving our data collection process to enable real-
time behaviour management. We developed an analytical tool to link plant production throughput with electrical energy per plant module at 
Grootegeluk, enabling us to monitor and manage energy intensity performance through the plant. We also implemented advanced process 
control in the plant modules to further improve energy efficiency.

Based on the positive results from FuelActive units installed on three haul trucks at Mafube, a similar pilot was launched on five haul trucks at 
Grootegeluk. The intent is to gauge the improvement in fuel consumption (expected between 3% and 5%) on the haul trucks and reduce 
maintenance costs.

Grootegeluk will be replacing its heavy mobile haul truck fleet, with carbon emissions and sustainability prioritised in selecting the 
appropriate best-fit technology partner. We are engaging with our original equipment manufacturers on this process, ensuring roadmaps will 
incorporate decarbonisation, sustainability and transitioning from traditional diesel-fuelled haul trucks.

Our primary focus in 2024 will be improving plant throughput performance and electrical energy 
efficiency at all BUs.

114 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Water security 
Our operations span across large geographical areas, with water facilities and mining areas connected to the water 
resources and atmosphere. The overall in and outflow of water within the mine boundary are closely coupled to local 
climatic conditions. To ensure we safeguard sustainable access to sufficient, acceptable quality water, we implement site-
specific water management plans influenced by climate change variability, watershed risks and planning scenarios.

Water security management is a critical component of our overall operational and environmental management as we are sensitive to South 
Africa’s water scarcity and the effects of climate change, particularly increased temperatures and rainfall variability. Without controlled efforts 
to maintain water security, we risk production stoppages, financial loss and non-compliance with water authorisations. The consequences could 
impact our licence to operate, increase competition for scarce resources, limit investment opportunities and damage our biodiversity efforts.

We manage water-related risks, minimise impacts and operate efficiently by:
• Reducing, reusing and recycling water in line with water conservation plans that support the National Water Resource Strategy
• Providing suitable barriers to our dirty water facilities that prevent groundwater contamination
• Committing to protecting and improving water quality by discharging treated water at our operations through reverse osmosis and/or 

sewage treatment plants

• Incorporating climate analytics (ENSO and SA Weather Services seasonal outlook) into our water management decision-making processes

Cennergi’s windfarms use licensed boreholes and rainwater. Employees and contractors drink bottled water at the 
operations.

Our tailings management system focuses on operation, monitoring and decommissioning of tailings dams. It uses comprehensive risk-based 
management and governance systems in line with internationally recognised good practice. Exxaro aims to align tailings management with 
the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management.

Our performance

Water recycled 
improved to 56%
(2022: 47%)

Water consumption 
improved to 7 430ML
(2022: 10 419ML)

Water withdrawal 
improved to 8 744ML
(2022: 11 486ML)

Water intensity 
improved to 105L/t RoM 
(target: 180L/t RoM) (2022: 150L/t RoM)

These improvements are mainly due to lower water abstraction from the Mokolo Dam at our Grootegeluk operation as we increased recycling 
of water from the pit. The newly constructed reverse osmosis plant at our Belfast operation also allowed much of the water abstracted from 
the pits to be returned to the catchment as an offset.

Our water intensity targets align with industry norms and site-specific conditions. The 180L/t RoM target is well below the coal industry 
average of 380L/t RoM. This supports our strategy to reduce water intake and support the DWS’s objectives to increase water conservation 
and reclamation. Our water intensity improved by 30% due to factors mentioned above.

Our 38% water recycling ratio target (defined as the total water recycled divided by total water used including recycled water) is 
substantially higher than the coal industry average of 6%, as outlined in the national water use efficiency benchmarks of the DWS. In 2023, 
we exceeded our performance from 2022 by 18.6%. 

Projects implemented 

Internal water 
pricing 

Belfast water 
treatment 
plant

Grootegeluk 
Oliphantskop 
Dam lining

Exxaro embraced the internal water pricing strategy as a planning tool by setting a shadow price, where a 
price is used during discussions and evaluations of water-related business decisions. The shadow pricing is 
based on the minimum cost of producing water from alternative sources such as reverse osmosis. This 
shadow price is further adjusted by evaluating current and future water risks using the Aqueduct Water 
Risk Atlas for the regions under consideration to identify the true cost of water for a location. The Aqueduct 
Water Risk score is a combined score comprising physical, chemical and regulatory risks.

Belfast implemented a reverse osmosis water treatment plant to alleviate hydraulic load in the mine 
reticulation system by removing excess water, treating it, and returning it to the watershed. Higher than 
normal rainfall over the preceding three-year period placed the storage facilities under pressure as the mine 
could not use all of this water on site. 
The treatment plant allowed the site to reduce its water intensity by 80%. It also ensured that any risk of 
storage facility spillage into the natural environment was negated.

The lining of the Oliphantskop Dam will enable enhanced water recycling at the beneficiation plants to 
prevent process water losses to the pit, reducing electricity consumption due to pumping and water quality 
deterioration in the pit. 

We aim to further improve our water management plans to ensure climate resilience and safeguard our 
natural resources for future generations.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

115

Our environmental stewardship continued

Biodiversity protection
Safeguarding our natural ecosystems is an essential part of our business and rehabilitation initiatives. Through 
conservation and sustainable practices, we strive to be responsible stewards of the environment – mitigating biodiversity 
loss and building resilience against climate change. 

Without responsible practices, mining activities contribute to biodiversity loss, which affects wildlife, economic activities and people who 
depend on natural resources. This is compounded by climate change – a main driver of biodiversity loss. Our biodiversity management plans 
guide our efforts in the protection and conservation of biodiversity-rich ecosystems within mining right areas, and incorporate:

Biodiversity 
protection
 initiatives

Monitoring, 
measuring and 
reporting data and 
performance

The goals of our 
Social Impact 
strategy

Relocation and conservation programmes, invasive plant eradication, wetland and pan relocation and 
research

Environmental and social impact assessments before we mine, biomonitoring and environmental 
incident reporting

Contributing to livelihoods through job creation and learning opportunities

Recognising that we need to address climate change and biodiversity loss simultaneously, we adopt nature-based solutions that enable 
biodiversity protection and restoration as part of our response to climate change.

Cennergi manages biodiversity at its facilities with an environmental management programme. This approach aligns with 
the Equator Principles and the International Finance Corporation’s Performance Standard 6 guidelines on biodiversity 
conservation and sustainable management of living natural resources. Cennergi’s biodiversity monitoring and mitigation 
plan aims to achieve no net loss of biodiversity. 

Since 2016, full-time local SMMEs have successfully managed Cennergi's invasive alien plant control programme.

116

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Our performance

1 638ha cleared of 
invader plants
(2022: 236ha)

Released rehabilitated birds of 
prey into Exxaro’s conservation area at 
Belfast in partnership with Dullstroom 
Birds of Prey Centre

Monitored and managed 
rehabilitated Belfast 
wetland areas

Increased biodiversity at 
pan creation sites through 
ongoing proof-of-concept 
study at Grootegeluk

We focused on monitoring our wetland rehabilitation areas this year, with rehabilitation of new areas planned for the 2024 financial year.

Initiatives per operation

Belfast

Matla

Grootegeluk

We monitored and managed rehabilitated wetland areas. Part of wetland rehabilitation management is to 
eradicate alien invasive species plants. A local community contractor was appointed for invasive alien plant 
eradication. Exxaro provided the contractor with training, equipment and start-up capital, and assisted the 
contractor to register as a co-operative.  

Belfast planted 100 Searsia Lancea trees on the mine rehabilitated surfaces for carbon sequestration, carbon 
credit and/or carbon offset purposes.  

An indigenous forest was established at Matla when 100 indigenous trees were planted at the new Mine 1 shaft 
area.  Other than having an impact on local biodiversity,  the trees also serve as a wind break, improving the 
visual impact of the shaft as well as improving the air quality in the area. 

We plan to relocate any baboon spiders and other species of concern that will be impacted by the expansion of 
the pit area in 2024 and 2025. The relevant permits for this will be obtained as part of the process. 

The service provider will be appointed in the first half of 2024 and should commence with the invasive alien 
plant eradication in the second half of 2024.

Tshikondeni

The local community conducted invasive alien species control through Exxaro’s partnership with the Impact 
Catalyst. The community cleared 1 429.56ha.

Cennergi

No red data mortalities were recorded at Tsitsikamma (2022: none). No secretary bird (sagittarius 
serpentarius) fatalities were recorded at Amakhala Emoyeni (2022: one). 

Unfortunately, one Cape vulture fatality was recorded (2022: one), one immature martial eagle (polemaetus 
bellicosus) and one blue crane (grus paradisea) fatality was recorded at Amakhala Emoyeni (2022: none). 

The martial eagle is a regionally and globally endangered species and the blue crane is classified as “near 
threatened” regionally and “vulnerable” globally. Both birds are priority species at Amakhala Emoyeni with a 
fatality threshold of zero in terms of the adopted biodiversity monitoring and mitigation plan.  

In collaboration with the Endangered Wildlife Trust and International Finance Corporation, Cennergi is 
exploring an offset opportunity for Cape vultures through the Cape vulture safe zone project, and WildSkies is 
investigating approaches to reduce cumulative impact on blue cranes.

A bat curtailment programme was implemented at Amakhala Emoyeni between October 2022 and May 2023. 
The bat fatality threshold was not exceeded for the monitoring period and, as a result, the programme will not 
need to curtail turbines during the October 2023 and May 2024 period. However, the need for curtailment will 
be informed by the new bat fatality data from the fatality monitoring programme.

We will:
• Conduct a Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures baseline assessment in 2024 to identify our 
nature-related risks and impacts with the goal of improving our management and reporting of these risks

• Amend biodiversity management standards, and align with the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial 

Disclosures and biodiversity COP17 outcomes

• Plant the first 4ha of Spekboom in Lephalale in 2024 as part of our nature-based solutions in 

addressing climate change

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

117

Our environmental stewardship continued
Mine closure and rehabilitation
Our integrated closure planning and concurrent rehabilitation will ensure we leave a sustainable post-mining legacy – 
building momentum throughout our operations’ lifecycles as we work towards enhancing our positive impact and 
mitigating our negative impact.

We manage our environmental liabilities and rehabilitation in compliance with legislation and evolving responsible mining practices. In 
implementing our holistic and integrated approach to land management, mine closure and concurrent rehabilitation, we:
• Consider impacts on employees, communities, the environment, government and infrastructure
• Proactively manage environmental impacts to minimise residual liabilities (ie water quality and quantity, and topsoil health) that 

could affect Exxaro’s financial performance
• Complete concurrent rehabilitation timeously
• Prevent water ingress into rehabilitated areas
• Calculate financial provisions in terms of GNR 1147 (financial provision for prospecting, exploration and mining operations). Our 

sustainability and finance departments, in conjunction with independent technical and financial specialists, conduct external assessments 
annually at all coal and energy operational sites, as well as our coal mines in closure

• Approve and update liabilities through internal governance processes 

We strive to integrate land and liability management in daily mine planning to minimise final closure costs for each operation and optimise 
final land use after closure.

Our performance

2 132ha land rehabilitated
(2022: 2 000ha)

11 028ha land disturbed
(2022: 9 624ha)

R9 327 million unscheduled
closure costs 
(2022: R8 427 million)

Four operations in active closure 
(2022: four)

R3 552 million operational 
guarantees at year end 
(2022: R3 606 million)

Growth of Exxaro and Matla rehabilitation 
trust funds (combined)
R244 million
(2022: R19 million) 

The increase of 1 404ha in land disturbed is due to the inclusion of Mine 1 development at Matla as well as additional areas mined at the 
opencast operations at Grootegeluk, Leeuwpan and Belfast. The increase in our performance of land rehabilitated of 132ha is due to 
increased rehabilitated land handed over to farmers at Matla to utilise. The backlog in rehabilitation at Leeuwpan will be addressed in 2024 
with a dedicated five-year budget to clear the backlog volumes for backfilling pits.

Although the implementation date was set (19 February 2024), we await promulgation of draft financial provision regulations for mine 
closure and rehabilitation (GN 792) issued on 27 August 2021. Discussions continue between the environmental policy committee of the 
Minerals Council, on behalf of Exxaro and our mining peers, and the DMRE. The proposed regulations will repeal GNR 1147. All our BUs will be 
continuously assessed according to GNR 1147. The implementation of GNR 1147 was postponed indefinitely by government. The delays in the 
government's implementation of GNR 1147 creates legislative uncertainty in the financial provisions for environmental rehabilitation areas.

Exxaro’s rehabilitation successes since 2002

Hlobane: Sealing of cracks on the 
mountain was completed, and the 
Hlobane waterfall runs during every 
rainfall event

Eerstelingfontein/Inyanda: 
Concurrent rehabilitation completed 
within one year after completion of 
mining activities

Tshikondeni: All rehabilitation 
completed within five years, with 
maintenance on discard remaining

Matla: Crack sealing on subsidence 
areas was completed within two years, 
and local farmers were given access to 
the area for crop production. The water 
treatment plant has been operating 
successfully since 2016

Belfast: Rehabilitation of the wetland 
system adjacent to mine was 
completed

Grootegeluk: Proof-of-concept study 
in the mining right area was completed 
and six seasonal pans were created

• Started rehabilitation at Durnacol 

dump 7. Design and plans for 
dumps 1, 2 and 3 are in progress

• Engaged with government on 
Grootegeluk dumps 4 and 5 to 
finalise rehabilitation redesigns
• Tshikondeni dump maintenance 

continues

• Phase 2 of the Belfast wetland 

rehabilitation system began this 
year, and will improve wetlands 
within the mining right area

Looking
ahead

We plan to do the following:
• Discard dump design and rehabilitation at Grootegeluk, Durnacol, Hlobane and Tshikondeni
• Rehabilitation projects at three inactive sites  
• Concurrent rehabilitation at all operational mines 
• Water treatment solutions at Durnacol and Hlobane closed mines

118 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources
and Mineral Reserves

Waste management
Managing our waste streams responsibly is an important part of how we minimise environmental degradation. We achieve 
this through prevention, minimisation, reuse and recycling while ensuring safe waste disposal as the last option. 

We manage the impacts of our waste streams by aligning our policies and procedures with sustainability principles and leading practice. We 
regularly review our policy and management standard to ensure relevance and alignment with legislation.  Our waste management practices 
incorporate: 
• Our cradle-to-cradle approach, which minimises waste production, ensuring waste from one process is used in other processes to 

encourage elimination or minimisation of waste

• Exxaro’s management standard for hazardous and non-hazardous waste
• Our waste management hierarchy to avoid, reduce, reuse and recycle, which prevents and avoids waste as much as reasonably practicable
• The proximity principle (treat and dispose of waste in reasonable proximity to the point of generation), duty of care (we are ethically 

responsible for waste management) and the precautionary principle (we are proactive in mitigating environmental risks)

• Monitoring, measuring and reporting data and performance
• Awareness and training across BUs forms part of our induction for new employees 

Examples of hazardous waste emanating from our operations 
include used oil, contaminated soil, medical waste, used personal 
protective equipment and sewage. General waste comprises: 
• Recyclable domestic waste (plastics, polymers, cardboards, 

metal cans and papers)

• Non-hazardous recyclable industrial waste (rubber products 
such as waste tyres and conveyor belts, scrap metals and 
industrial products) 

• Inert, non-recyclable waste (rubble and demolition waste 
separated at source) collected, recycled or taken to safe 
disposal sites by specialist service providers

Our performance

Material waste at Cennergi’s facilities includes 
general waste, oil rags and used oil. Cennergi 
implements waste separation at source to 
increase recycling, where possible, and minimise 
waste sent to landfill. 

2 703t general waste recycled
(2022: 2 768t) 

 3 186t hazardous waste sent to landfill 
(2022: 1 624t)

General waste recycled decreased by 2% due to less volumes of high-density polyethylene recycled at Grootegeluk.

The total weight of hazardous waste generated at our managed coal operations and sent to landfills increased to 3 186t (2022: 1 624t). 
The 54% increase in the amount of hazardous waste sent to landfill at Grootegeluk is due to the workshop wash bay silt being included as 
hazardous waste as of April 2023.The decision was made based on a DWS finding indicating that the silt from the wash bays has the potential 
to pollute due to its hydrocarbon content and can thus not be disposed as plant discard. Alternatives are being investigated and the outcome 
of the waste classification will confirm the way forward.

The drive to improve housekeeping across the mine also added to this increase in waste being taken to the hazardous waste storage area for 
disposal.

To address the increase, the mine will investigate and implement the delisting of the workshop wash bay silt in 2024 and 2025.

Initiatives per operation

Head office

Grootegeluk

Exxaro head office started a recycling drive by updating the bin labels at the planter, plaza, printer and cafe 
station to promote better waste separation, which increases post-consumer recycling of strategic parts. This 
recycling initiative will play a part in environmental awareness for head office employees. 

The integrated waste management solution developed by Impact Catalyst includes alternatives linked to tyre 
reclamation. The roll-out of the solution will be supported by the mine. In the interim, the mine will continue to 
investigate various service providers that can assist with the reclamation of waste tyres. 

Exxaro is also working on the following initiatives to further improve our waste management approach:
• Innovation and alternative treatment for integrated waste management
• Evaluating cost-effective options for recycling, reuse, emissions reduction and other end-of-life recovery options
• Opportunities for cost saving and optimisation
• Industrial symbiosis to stimulate green business effectively

We plan to use various waste reduction or avoidance technologies and opportunities at our BUs to ensure 
waste is reduced. 

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

119

 
Responding to TCFD reporting 
requirements

This is Exxaro’s third year of reporting in line with the TCFD recommendations. This reflects Exxaro’s internalised and proactive approach to 
climate change and our ESG commitments. The table below provides an overview of our responses and links to relevant coverage in this 
report, our ESG report and other supporting documents available online. We published a separate Climate Change Response strategy and our 
climate change position statement in 2020. These provide additional detail on some areas of our response to climate change.

1

The board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities

Further reading

 Governance (ESG report, page 112)

Climate change is an integral consideration and as such is embedded in our governance processes. The 
board takes ultimate responsibility and is supported by its sub-committees. The CEO and chairperson 
oversee climate-related risks and opportunities.

 Building resilience through governance 

(page 55)

2 Management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities

Ultimate responsibility from a management perspective rests with the CEO. She is supported by the 
executive committee. A scenario analysis is applied to identify risks and opportunities by management 
teams, as stated in our Climate Change Response strategy.

3

Climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium 
and long term

Climate-related transitional risks include emerging regulation, legal/litigation, carbon pricing, market and 
reputational risks. Physical risks include extreme weather events, such as flooding and heat waves. 
Opportunities include investments in low-carbon minerals, growing the energy business, business 
resilience, energy self-generation, implementation of low-carbon technologies and strategic partnerships.

 Transitioning into a low-carbon business 

(ESG report, page 15)

 Our strategy (page 47)

 Transitioning into a low-carbon business 

(ESG report, page 15)

 Our risks and opportunities (page 28)

4 The impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s strategy and 

financial planning

 Transitioning into a low-carbon business 

(ESG report, page 13)

Our Sustainable Growth and Impact strategy focuses on diversifying to low-carbon transition minerals 
and growing our energy business. Prudent financial planning and capital allocation is applied to ensure 
business resilience in a low-carbon world.

 Our strategy (page 47)

5

The resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2ºC or lower scenario

We undertook a scenario analysis to understand our business resilience from a physical and transition risk 
perspective. Our strategy is designed to ensure our resilience to different climate scenarios, including 2ºC or 
lower. Our strategy details how we are responding to risks and opportunities associated with the low-
carbon transition. Furthermore, our Climate Change Response strategy report and climate change 
position statement include information on this analysis.

 Climate Change Response strategy report 
(investor tab under integrated reports 2020) 
and climate change position statement 
(sustainability tab)

 Our strategy (page 47)

6

The organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks

We take a proactive approach to identifying climate-related risks. The ERM framework considers climate 
risks and has an impact scale that is used to rate these risks.

7

The organisation’s process for managing climate-related risks

Climate-related risks are managed within our ERM framework. The RBR committee, on behalf of the 
board, is responsible for regularly monitoring risks that will have an extreme impact on the group if they 
materialise. Extreme risks, together with their controls, are considered critical in the ever-changing 
environment in which we operate. These are continually monitored and reviewed in line with the risk 
appetite framework and combined assurance approach.

 Transitioning into a low-carbon business 
(ESG report, page 15), Climate Change Response 
strategy report (investor tab under integrated 
reports 2020) and climate change position 
statement (sustainability tab)

 Our strategy (page 47)

 Transitioning into a low-carbon business 

(ESG report, page 15)

 Our risks and opportunities (page 28)

8 How processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into 

the organisation’s overall risk management

 Our risks and opportunities (page 28)

Climate-related risks are integrated into overall risk management and factor as one of the top 20 risks 
facing the business.

9

The metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in 
line with its strategy and risk management

Climate risks and opportunities metrics are disclosed in the ESG report, ie carbon emissions, carbon 
intensity, fossil fuel revenue versus clean technology revenue.

10 Disclose scope 1, scope 2, and, if appropriate, scope 3 GHG emissions, and the related risks

We report extensively on our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions in our ESG and CDP reports.

11 The targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and 

performance against targets

 Environment (ESG report, page 32) and 
remuneration report (ESG report, page 168)

 GHG emissions (ESG report, page 42)  

and CDP report (www.cdp.net)

 Transitioning into a low-carbon business 

(ESG report, page 14) 

We have committed to reducing our emissions by 40% by 2026 and  being carbon neutral for our scope 1 
and 2 emissions by 2050. We also have a carbon intensity reduction target (5% reduction compared to 
the previous year’s carbon intensity).

 Our strategy (page 47)

120 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources 
and Mineral Reserves 

Our Mineral 
Resources and 
Mineral Reserves

We are capitalising on our 
existing asset base, which 
underpins our transition 
from coal mining towards 
a future in minerals and  
energy, equipping us to 
flourish in a low-carbon 
economy.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

121

Exxaro Resource and Reserve reporting 
strategy

Exxaro continuously strives to enhance the estimation and 
reporting of our Resources and Reserves through:

Competence

Assurance

Accurate 
estimation

Credibility

Accountability

Reconciliation

Governance

Trustworthy estimates

Professional execution

Responsible exploitation

Our Competent Persons are the 
custodians of the mineral assets, 
employing responsible and 
innovative technical management 
principles. 

Mineral Resource managers of each 
operation are the custodians of the 
LoM and ensure professional 
execution of the business plans.

Stimulating profitability and return 
on investment.

Our early value coal exploitation plans, supporting our Sustainable 
Growth and Impact strategy, are implemented at all our operations.

Considerations
reflected in reporting

Our reporting is informed and 
guided in accordance with:

Exxaro's
diversification

Global energy 
transition

World
economy

ESG

122 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

 
Our 
business

How we 
create value

Strategically positioning 
the business for growth

Building resilience 
through governance

Our 
performance

Our Mineral Resources 
and Mineral Reserves 

Notes on our operations and projects

Grootegeluk
• Positive outcomes of an external 
estimation audit, illustrating the 
credibility of the processes 
underpinning our estimates

• Production of coking coal 

increased but year-on-year RoM 
decreased slightly

Mpumalanga
Leeuwpan
• An optimisation study is in 

progress to attain a steady and 
consistent RoM supply as the 
OL pit nears depletion. The focus 
will be primarily on the exploitation 
of the remaining OI pit

Thabametsi 
• The resource  is located immediately adjacent to 

our Grootegeluk operation, and we are 
considering scenarios that will unlock maximum 
value for the integrated Waterberg business

Matla
• The implementation of the three mine 

expansion projects, securing an estimated ~85% 
of Matla Coal Reserves, progressed well

• Coal Resources identified through innovative 

MRM principals, previously situated outside the 
LoM, provided additional pit room and the 
necessary flexibility for the mining teams to 
alleviate implementation delays

Belfast
• Market to resource flexibility was achieved 
through establishing a domestic client base

• Challenges experienced early in the reporting year 

were addressed, resulting in exceptional 
production performance in Q3/4

• Grade control is a key enabler for mining flexibility 

between the various pits at the operation

Australia
Mafube
• A 50% owned, highly successful joint venture mine 

with our partner Thungela Resources

• Focused exploration drilling during the year to 
increase geological confidence and progress on 
environmental studies enhanced future planning 
at the operation

Moranbah
• A 50%-owned, hard-coking coal joint venture development with Anglo American Steelmaking Coal in the Bowen Basin, Queensland, Australia
• The execution of a 33km2 3D seismic survey is currently in progress. On completion, most of the Resource will be covered by 3D seismic surveys and will, in 

conjunction with focused drilling, contribute materially to the de-risking of the Coal Resource

Our coal estimates for the reporting year (Resource (Mt)) (Reserve (Mt))

Total attributable Coal Resources

Total attributable Coal Reserves

l Measured l Indicated l Inferred – Proved – Probable

9 400Mt

2 900Mt

l Matla l Leeuwpan l Mafube l Belfast l Grootegeluk l Thabametsi l Moranbah South project

Our total attributable Coal Resources decreased by ~1%, primarily due to mining. On-mine drilling increasing the level of confidence 
resulted in material movements between the Coal Resource categories, as noticeably observed at our Mafube mine. 

Our total attributable Coal Reserves decreased by ~3%, primarily due to mining depletion and revised LoM plans. A material decrease in Coal 
Reserves only noted at our Leeuwpan mine (~14%) is due to new drill hole information received and layout losses that occurred during mine 
plan execution.

Other than normal mining depletion, no material changes to the total attributable Coal Resource and Coal Reserve estimates are further 
reported for any of our operations.
Notes:
a.

Resource estimations are based on the latest available geological models, which incorporate new validated geological information and, if applicable, revised seam, Resource definitions and 
Resource classifications. For the 2023 reporting cycle, reported estimates are derived from actual mining up to the end of October, incorporating the planned estimates for November and 
December.
Resource and Reserve estimates in our statements are quoted in full, irrespective of Exxaro’s shareholding. Our attributable tonnage is clearly presented in the image above and, when used 
in our report, always clearly defined.
Rounding off of figures quoted may result in minor computational discrepancies, although it is not deemed significant.

b.

c.

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 123

4 5734 1723 8314 4384 3572 2112 5552 4221 9361 9303 9373 4673 3423 1563 1492 9172 0221 8972 2762 2027571 0951 0837437322019202020212022202381114441451218650                      
                      
Glossary 

AGM

API4

B-BBEE 

Annual general meeting

Argus/McCloskey Coal Price Index

Broad-based black economic empowerment

Black Mountain

Black Mountain Mining Proprietary Limited

BU

Cennergi

CMRR

COP28

CSI

DEI

DMRE 

dtic 

DWS 

EBITDA 

ECD

ESD 

ESOP 

ERM 

Exxaro 

HEPS 

HPI 

IFRS 

JKT

JSE 

King IV 

KPI 

LoM 

LSP

LTI 

LTIFR 

Business unit

Cennergi Proprietary Limited

Consolidated Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves

2023 UN Climate Change Conference of the Parties

Corporate social investment

Diversity, equity and inclusion

Department of Mineral Resources and Energy

Department of Trade, Industry and Competition

Department of Water and Sanitation

Net operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, impairment charges or impairment 
reversals and net losses or gains on the disposal of assets and investments (including transaction 
differences recycled to profit or loss)

Early childhood development

Enterprise and supplier development

Employee share ownership plan

Enterprise risk management

Exxaro Resources Limited

Headline earnings per share

High-potential incident

International Financial Reporting Standards

Japan, Korea and Taiwan

JSE Limited

King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa™, 2016

Key performance indicator

Life of mine

Lephalale solar project

Lost-time injury

Lost-time injury frequency rate

Mining Charter III 

Broad-based Socio-economic Empowerment Charter for the Mining and Minerals Industry 2018

MoI 

OHIFR 

PAIA

POPIA 

RBCT 

RBR 

ROCE 

RoM 

SDG 

SERC 

SIOC 

SLP 

SMME 

STI 

TCFD 

TFR 

UNGC 

Memorandum of incorporation

Occupational health incident frequency rate

Promotion of Access to Information Act, 2002 (Act 2 of 2002)

Protection of Personal Information Act, 2013 (Act 4 of 2013)

Richards Bay Coal Terminal Proprietary Limited

Risk and business resilience

Return on capital employed

Run of mine

Sustainable Development Goal

Social, ethics and responsibility committee

Sishen Iron Ore Company Proprietary Limited

Social and labour plan

Small, medium and micro-enterprise

Short-term incentive

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures

Transnet Freight Rail

United Nations Global Compact

124 Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023

Administration

Group company secretary and registered office
Andiswa Ndoni
Exxaro Resources Limited
The conneXXion
263B West Avenue
Die Hoewes Centurion
0157
(PO Box 9229, Pretoria 0001)
South Africa
Telephone: +27 12 307 5000

Lead equity sponsor and debt sponsor
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its corporate and investment 
bank division)
Absa Sandton North
15 Alice Lane
Sandton 
2196
Telephone: +27 11 895 6000

Joint equity sponsor
Tamela Holdings Proprietary Limited
Ground Floor
Golden Oak House
Ballyoaks Office Park
35 Ballyclare Drive
Bryanston
2021
Telephone: +27 11 783 5027/4907

Company registration number
2000/011076/06
JSE share code: EXX
ISIN code: ZAE000084992 
ADR code: EXXAY
Bond code: EXX005
ISIN number: ZAG000160334

Independent external auditor
For the financial year ended 31 December 2023 
KPMG Inc
85 Empire Road
Parktown
2193
Private Bag 9
Parkview
2123
Telephone: +27 11 647 7111

Commercial banker
Absa Bank Limited

Corporate law adviser
Inlexso Proprietary Limited 
Building 3 Summit Place
221 Garsfontein Road
Menlyn
Pretoria 
0181
Telephone: +27 12 942 5555

Transfer secretaries
JSE Investor Services Proprietary Limited
One Exchange Square
Gwen Lane 
Sandown
Sandton 
2196
PO Box 4844
Johannesburg 
2000 
Telephone: 086 154 6572 or 011 713 0800

Disclaimer
Opinions expressed herein are, by nature, subjective to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Changing information 
or circumstances may cause the actual results, plans and objectives of Exxaro Resources Limited (the company) to differ materially 
from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Financial forecasts and data given herein are estimates based 
on the reports prepared by experts who, in turn, relied on management estimates. Undue reliance should not be placed on such 
opinions, forecasts or data. No representation is made as to the completeness or correctness of the opinions, forecasts or data 
contained herein. Neither the company, nor any of its affiliates, advisers or representatives accept any responsibility for any loss 
arising from the use of any opinion expressed or forecast or data herein. Forward-looking statements apply only as of the date on 
which they are made, and the company does not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any of its opinions or forward-
looking statements, whether to reflect new data or future events or circumstances. Any forward-looking information has not been 
audited, reviewed or otherwise reported on by the external auditors.

www.exxaro.com

Exxaro Resources Limited Integrated report 2023 125